WO2007015588A1 - Piperidine derivative as tachykinin receptor antagonist - Google Patents

Piperidine derivative as tachykinin receptor antagonist Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2007015588A1
WO2007015588A1 PCT/JP2006/315899 JP2006315899W WO2007015588A1 WO 2007015588 A1 WO2007015588 A1 WO 2007015588A1 JP 2006315899 W JP2006315899 W JP 2006315899W WO 2007015588 A1 WO2007015588 A1 WO 2007015588A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
compound
group
alkyl
optionally
amino
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2006/315899
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Yoshinori Ikeura
Junya Shirai
Takeshi Yoshikawa
Nobuki Sakauchi
Original Assignee
Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited filed Critical Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited
Priority to EP06782685A priority Critical patent/EP1910292A1/en
Priority to JP2008505537A priority patent/JP2009502739A/en
Priority to US11/701,380 priority patent/US20070149570A1/en
Priority to TW096103834A priority patent/TW200808724A/en
Priority to ARP070100445A priority patent/AR059295A1/en
Publication of WO2007015588A1 publication Critical patent/WO2007015588A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D211/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D211/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D211/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D211/36—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D211/56—Nitrogen atoms
    • C07D211/58—Nitrogen atoms attached in position 4
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/12—Antidiarrhoeals
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/02—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of urine or of the urinary tract, e.g. urine acidifiers
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/08—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the prostate
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/10—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the bladder
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/04—Centrally acting analgesics, e.g. opioids
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/20—Hypnotics; Sedatives
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/22—Anxiolytics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/24—Antidepressants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a novel piperidine derivative having excellent antagonistic action for a tachykinin receptor and use thereof.
  • Tachykinin is a generic term for a group of neuropeptides.
  • Substance P SP
  • neurokinin A and neurokinin B are known in mammals, and these peptides are known to bind to the corresponding receptors (neurokinin-1, neurokinin-2 and neurokinin-3) that exist in a living body and thereby to exhibit various biological activities.
  • SP has the longest history and has been studied in detail. In 1931, the existence of SP in the extract from equine intestines was confirmed, and in 1971, its structure was determined. SP is a peptide consisting of 11 amino acids.
  • SP is broadly distributed over the central and peripheral nervous systems, and has various physiological activities such as vasodilation, enhancement of vascular extravasation, contraction of smooth muscles, excitation of neurons, salivation, enhancement of diuresis, immunological enhancement and the like, in addition to the function as a transmitter substance for primary sensory neurons.
  • SP released from the terminal of the spinal (dorsal) horn due to a pain impulse transmits the information of pain to secondary neurons, and that SP released from the peripheral terminal induces an inflammatory response in the receptor thereof.
  • SP is involved in various disorders (e.g., pain, headache, particularly migraine, Alzheimer's disease, multiple sclerosis, cardiovascular modulation, chronic inflammatory diseases such as chronic rheumatic arthritis, respiratory diseases including asthma or allergic rhinitis, intestinal inflammatory diseases including ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease, ocular damage and ocular inflammatory diseases, proliferative vitreous retinopathy, an irritable bowel syndrome, urinary frequency, psychosis, vomiting, etc.) [see, for example, Physiological Reviews, Vol. 73, pp. 229-308 (1993); Journal of Autonomic Pharmacology, Vol. 13, pp. 23-93 (1993)].
  • disorders e.g., pain, headache, particularly migraine, Alzheimer's disease, multiple sclerosis, cardiovascular modulation, chronic inflammatory diseases such as chronic rheumatic arthritis, respiratory diseases including asthma or allergic rhinitis, intestinal inflammatory diseases including ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease, ocular damage and ocular inflammatory diseases, prolife
  • EP-A-436,334 discloses a compound represented by the formula
  • WO92/17449 discloses a compound represented by the formula
  • WO95/16679 discloses a compound represented by the formula and the like, and
  • JP-A-9-263585 discloses a heterocyclic compound represented by the formula
  • Ring M is a heterocyclic ring
  • Ring A and Ring B represent, independently, an optionally substituted homocyclic or heterocyclic ring, with the proviso that at least one of them is an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring;
  • Ring C is an optionally substituted homocyclic or heterocyclic ring;
  • Ring Z is an optionally substituted nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring; and
  • n is an integer from 1 to 6, or a salt thereof and the like.
  • WO03/101964 describes a compound having a tachykinin receptor antagonistic action, which is represented by the formula wherein Ar is an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an aromatic heterocyclic group, each of which may be substituted, R 1 is a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted hydrocarbon group, an acyl group or an optionally substituted heterocyclic group, X is an oxygen atom or an optionally substituted imino group, Z is an optionally substituted methylene group, Ring A is a further optionally substituted piperidine ring, and Ring B is an optionally substituted aromatic ring, provided that when Z is a methylene group substituted with an oxo group, R 1 is not a methyl group, and when Z is a methylene group substituted with a methyl group, Ring B is a substituted aromatic ring, or a salt thereof.
  • Ar is an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an aromatic heterocyclic group, each of which may be substitute
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a piperidine derivative having antagonistic action for a tachykinin receptor, etc. with a different chemical structure from the known compounds including the above-mentioned compounds, an agent for the prophylaxis or treatment of an abnormality of lower urinary tract functions comprising the derivative, and the like.
  • the present invention provides the following :
  • Ar is a phenyl group optionally having substituent (s)
  • R 1 is a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent (s) , an acyl group or a heterocyclic group optionally having substituent (s)
  • R 2 is a hydrogen atom, a Ci_6 alkyl group optionally having substituent (s) or a C3-6 cycloalkyl group optionally having substituent (s)
  • Z is a methylene group optionally having a Ci- 6 alkyl group
  • ring A is a piperidine ring optionally further having substituent (s)
  • ring B and ring C are benzene rings optionally further having substituent (s)
  • R 2 optionally forms a ring together with the adjacent substituent on the ring B, except the compounds represented by the formula:
  • compound (I) (hereinafter sometimes to be abbreviated as compound (I)), or a salt thereof;
  • Ci- 6 alkylsulfonyl (6) an aminocarbonylcarbonyl
  • a piperidin-4-ylcarbonyl optionally having 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of (i) a Ci- ⁇ alkyl-carbonyl optionally having a 5- or ⁇ -membered nitrogen- containing heterocyclic group optionally having 1 or 2 oxo,
  • a Ci- 6 alkoxy-carbonyl (iii) a C ⁇ - 6 alkylsulfonyl, (iv) a Ci-6 alkyl-carbonylamino-Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyl, (v) a di-Ci-6 alkyl- carbamoyl and (vi) an oxo;
  • R 2 is (1) a hydrogen atom or (2) a Ci-6 alkyl group optionally having 1 to 3 halogen atoms;
  • Z is a methylene group optionally having a methyl group
  • ring A is a piperidine ring without a further substituent
  • ring B is a benzene ring optionally further having a halogen atom or a Ci- 6 alkyl or ring B forms a 2, 3-dihydrobenzofuran ring together with R 2
  • ring C is a benzene ring optionally having 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of (1) a cyano,
  • Ci- 6 alkyl optionally having 1 to 3 halogen atoms
  • Ci-6 alkynyl (6) a Ci- 6 alkoxy optionally having 1 to 3 halogen atoms,
  • Ar is a phenyl group optionally having 1 to 3 halogen atoms
  • R 1 is (1) a hydrogen atom
  • a Ci- 6 alkyl-carbonyl optionally having 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of (i) an amino, (ii) a Ci- 6 alkoxy, (iii) a C ⁇ - 6 alkyl-carbonylamino, (iv) a Ci- 6 alkoxy- carbonylamino, (v) a Ci- 6 alkylsulfonylamino, (vi) a 5- or 6- membered nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group optionally having 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of a Ci- 6 alkyl and an oxo, said heterocyclic group optionally forms a spiro ring together with cyclopentane or cyclohexane, (vii) a Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyloxy, (viii) a hydroxy and (ix) a carb
  • a di-C ⁇ - 6 alkylamino-carbonylcarbonyl or (8) a piperidin-4-ylcarbonyl optionally having 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of (i) a Ci- ⁇ alkyl-carbonyl optionally having a 5- or 6-membered nitrogen- containing heterocyclic group optionally having 1 or 2 oxo, (ii) a Ci-6 alkoxy-carbonyl, (iii) a Ci- ⁇ alkylsulfonyl, (iv) a Ci- 6 alkyl-carbonylamino-Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyl, (v) a di-C ⁇ -6 alkyl- carbamoyl and (vi) an oxo;
  • R 2 is (1) a hydrogen atom or (2) a Ci_ 6 alkyl group optionally having 1 to 3 halogen atoms; Z is a methylene group optionally having a methyl group; ring A is a piperidine ring without a further substituent; ring B is a benzene ring optionally further having a halogen atom or a Ci_ 6 alkyl or ring B forms a 2, 3-dihydrobenzofuran ring together with R 2 ; and ring C is a benzene ring optionally having 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of (1) a cyano,
  • Ci- 6 alkyl optionally having 1 to 3 halogen atoms
  • Ci-6 alkynyl (6) a Ci- 6 alkoxy optionally having 1 to 3 halogen atoms,
  • the pharmaceutical agent of [11] which is an agent for the prophylaxis or treatment of lower urinary tract symptoms, a digestive organ disease or a central nerve disease
  • the pharmaceutical agent of [11] which is an agent for the prophylaxis or treatment of overactive bladder, lower urinary tract symptoms associated with benign prostatic hyperplasia, pelvic visceral pain, lower urinary tract symptoms associated with chronic prostatitis, lower urinary tract symptoms associated with interstitial cystitis, irritable bowel syndrome, inflammatory bowel disease, vomiting, nausea, depression, anxiety neurosis, anxiety or sleep disorder (insomnia) ;
  • [15] a method for the prophylaxis or treatment of lower urinary tract symptoms, a digestive organ disease or a central nerve disease, which comprises administering an effective amount of the compound of [1] or a prodrug thereof to a mamma1 ;
  • [16] use of the compound of [1] or a prodrug thereof for the production of an agent for the prophylaxis or treatment of lower urinary tract symptoms, a digestive organ disease or a central nerve disease; and the like.
  • Compound (I) of the present invention and a salt thereof and a prodrug thereof have a high antagonistic action for a tachykinin receptor, particularly an antagonistic action for substance P receptor, and have low toxicity, and are safe as pharmaceutical agents. Therefore, compound (I) of the present invention and a salt thereof and a prodrug thereof are useful as medicaments, for example, a tachykinin receptor antagonist, an agent for the prophylaxis or treatment of an abnormality of lower urinary tract functions and the like.
  • Ar is a phenyl group optionally having substituent (s) .
  • substituent of the "phenyl group” for example, 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of (1) a halogen atom (e.g., fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, etc.), (2) a Ci- 3 alkylenedioxy (e.g., methylenedioxy, ethylenedioxy, etc.), (3) a nitro, (4) a cyano, (5) an optionally halogenated Ci- 6 alkyl, (6) an optionally halogenated C 2 - 6 alkenyl, (7) an optionally halogenated C2-6 alkynyl, (8) an optionally halogenated C 3 - 6 cycloalkyl, (9) a C ⁇ -i4 aryl (e.g., phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, biphenylyl, 2-anthryl, etc.
  • Ci- 6 alkyl e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, etc.
  • halogen atoms e.g., fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, etc.
  • Specific examples include methyl, chloromethyl, difluoromethyl, trichloromethyl, trifluoromethyl, ethyl, 2-bromoethyl, 2, 2, 2-trifluoroethyl, pentafluoroethyl, propyl, 3, 3, 3-trifluoropropyl, isopropyl, butyl, 4, 4, 4-trifluorobutyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, 5, 5, 5-trifluoropentyl, hexyl, 6, 6, 6-trifluorohexyl and the like.
  • halogenated C2- 6 alkenyl for example, a C2- 6 alkenyl (e.g., vinyl, allyl, isopropenyl, butenyl, isobutenyl, sec-butenyl, etc.) optionally having 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3, halogen atoms (e.g., fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, etc.) and the like can be mentioned.
  • halogen atoms e.g., fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, etc.
  • a C 2 -6 alkynyl e.g., ethynyl, propargyl, butynyl, 1-hexynyl, etc.
  • halogen atoms e.g., fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, etc.
  • Specific examples include ethynyl, propargyl, butynyl, 1-hexynyl, 3,3,3- trifluoro-1-propynyl, 4 , 4, 4-trifluoro-1-butynyl and the like.
  • halogenated C 3 -6 cycloalkyl for example, a C 3 - 6 cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, etc.) optionally having 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3, halogen atoms (e.g., fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, etc.) and the like can be mentioned.
  • halogen atoms e.g., fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, etc.
  • Ci- 6 alkoxy for example, a C ⁇ - 6 alkoxy (e.g., methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, isobutoxy, sec-butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy, etc.
  • halogen atoms e.g., fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, etc.
  • Specific examples include methoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, ethoxy, 2,2,2- trifluoroethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, 4,4,4- trifluorobutoxy, isobutoxy, sec-butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy and the like.
  • Ci-6 alkylthio for example, a Ci-6 alkylthio (e.g., methylthio, ethylthio, propylthio, isopropylthio, butylthio, sec- butylthio, tert-butylthio, etc.) optionally having 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3, halogen atoms (e.g., fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, etc.) and the like can be mentioned.
  • halogen atoms e.g., fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, etc.
  • Specific examples include methylthio, difluoromethylthio, trifluoromethylthio, ethylthio, propylthio, isopropylthio, butylthio, 4 , 4, 4-trifluorobutylthio, pentylthio, hexylthio and the like.
  • R 3 is a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent (s) , an amino group optionally having substituent (s) , a hydroxy group optionally having a substituent or a heterocyclic group optionally having substituent (s)
  • R 4 and R 4' are the same or different and each is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent (s) ) and the like can be mentioned.
  • hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R 3 , R 4 and R 4' includes, for example, the same group as those referred to herein for the "hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R 1 which will be described below.
  • the "substituent" of the "amino group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R 3 includes, for example, a hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent (s) , a heterocyclic group optionally having substituent (s) , a hydroxy group optionally having a substituent, an acyl group and the like.
  • the "hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent (s) " as the "substituent” of the "amino group optionally having substituent (s) “ represented by R 3 includes, for example, the same group as those referred to herein for the "hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R 1 which will be described below.
  • the "heterocyclic group optionally having substituent (s) " as the “substituent” of the "amino group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R 3 includes, for example, the same group as those referred to herein for the "heterocyclic group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R 1 which will be described below.
  • the "hydroxy group optionally having a substituent” as the "substituent" of the "amino group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R 3 includes, for example, (i) a hydroxy group, (ii) a Ci-6 alkoxy group (e.g., a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, an isopropoxy group, a butoxy group, a tert-butoxy group, etc.), (iii) a C ⁇ -i4 aryloxy group (e.g., a phenyloxy group, a naphthyloxy group, etc.), (iv) a formyloxy group or a C ⁇ - 6 alkyl-carbonyloxy group (e.g., an acetoxy group, a propionyloxy group, etc.) and (v) a C 6 -i4 aryl-carbonyloxy group (e.g., a benzoyloxy group, a
  • hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R' ' includes, for example, the same group as those referred to herein for the "hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R 1 which will be described below.
  • the "amino group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R 3 may form a cyclic amino group (e.g., a 5- to 9-membered cyclic amino group having 1 to 3 heteroatoms such as an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, etc. in addition to a nitrogen atom (e.g., a pyrrolidino (1-pyrrolidinyl) group, a piperidino group, a piperazino ( 1-piperazinyl) group, a morpholino group, etc.) and the like.
  • a cyclic amino group e.g., a 5- to 9-membered cyclic amino group having 1 to 3 heteroatoms such as an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, etc. in addition to a nitrogen atom (e.g., a pyrrolidino (1-pyrrolidinyl) group, a piperidino group, a piperazino ( 1-piperazinyl) group, a morph
  • the "hydroxy group optionally having a substituent” represented by R 3 includes, for example, the same group as those referred to herein for the "hydroxy group optionally having a substituent” as the “substituent” of the "amino group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R 3 which is described above, and the like.
  • heterocyclic group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R 3 includes, for example, the same group as those referred to herein for the “heterocyclic group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R 1 which will be described below.
  • acylamino for example, formylamino, Ci- ⁇ alkyl-carbonylamino (e.g., acetylamino, etc.), heterocyclyl-Ci- 6 alkyl-carbonylamino (e.g., piperidino- acetylamino optionally having oxo, etc.), C 3 -- 7 cycloalkyl- carbonylamino (e.g., cyclopropylcarbonylamino, etc.), C ⁇ -i4 aryl-carbonylamino (e.g., phenylcarbonylamino, naphthylcarbonylamino, etc.), heterocyclylcarbonylamino (e.g., thienylcarbonylamino, furylcarbonylamino, pyrrolylcarbonylamino, etc.), C1- 6 alkoxy-carbonylamino (e.g., methoxycarbonylamino
  • Ci- 6 alkylsulfonylamino e.g., methylsulfonylamino, ethylsulfonylamino, etc.
  • C ⁇ -i4 arylsulfonylamino e.g., phenylsulfonylamino, 2-naphthylsulfonylamino, 1- naphthylsulfonylamino, etc.
  • heterocyclylsulfonylamino ureido, mono- or di-Ci- ⁇ alkyl-ureido (e.g., methylureido, dimethylureido, etc.), mono- or di-C ⁇ -14 aryl-ureido (e.g., phenylureido, diphenylureido, etc.) and the like can be mentioned.
  • acyloxy for example, formyloxy, Ci- 6 alkyl-carbonyloxy (e.g., acetoxy, propionyloxy, etc.), heterocyclyl-Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyloxy, C 3 - 7 cycloalkyl-carbonyloxy
  • heterocyclic group of the heterocyclyl-Ci-6 alkyl-carbonylamino, heterocyclylcarbonylamino, heterocyclyloxy-carbonylamino, heterocyclylsulfonylamino, heterocyclyl-Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyloxy, heterocyclylcarbonyloxy and heterocyclyloxy-carbonyloxy for example, a 5- to 14-membered (preferably 5- to 9-membered, more preferably 5- or 6- membered) non-aromatic heterocyclic group (e.g., pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuryl, tetrahydrothienyl, piperidyl, tetrahydropyranyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, piperazinyl) or aromatic heterocyclic group (e.g., furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazoly
  • substituents for example, 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a Ci- 6 alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec- butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, etc.), a C ⁇ -i4 aryl (e.g., phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, biphenylyl, 2-anthryl, etc.), a 5- to 10-membered aromatic heterocyclic group (e.g., 2- or 3-thienyl, 2-, 3- or 4-pyridyl, 2-, 3-, 4-, 5- or 8-quinolyl, 1-, 3-, 4- or 5-isoquinolyl, 1-, 2- or 3-indolyl, 2- benzothiazo
  • a phenyl group optionally having a halogen atom is preferable, and a phenyl group optionally substituted by a fluorine atom at the para-position and the like is more preferable.
  • a phenyl group optionally substituted by a fluorine atom at the para-position and the like is more preferable.
  • Particularly preferred is an unsubstituted phenyl group.
  • R 1 is a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent (s) , an acyl group or a heterocyclic group optionally having substituent (s) .
  • hydrocarbon group of the “hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R 1
  • R 1 for example, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a monocyclic saturated hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group and the like can be mentioned, with preference given to such group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms.
  • an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group and the like are used.
  • alkyl group for example, a lower alkyl group and the like are preferable and, for example, a Ci_ 6 alkyl group (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec- butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, etc.) and the like are widely used.
  • a Ci_ 6 alkyl group e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec- butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, etc.
  • alkenyl group for example, a lower alkenyl group and the like are preferable and, for example, a C2-6 alkenyl group (e.g., vinyl, 1-propenyl, allyl, isopropenyl, butenyl, isobutenyl, etc.) and the like are widely used.
  • a C2-6 alkenyl group e.g., vinyl, 1-propenyl, allyl, isopropenyl, butenyl, isobutenyl, etc.
  • alkynyl group for example, a lower alkynyl group and the like are preferable and, for example, a C2-6 alkynyl group (e.g., ethynyl, propargyl, 1-propynyl, etc.) and the like are widely used.
  • a C2-6 alkynyl group e.g., ethynyl, propargyl, 1-propynyl, etc.
  • cycloalkyl group for example, a lower cycloalkyl group and the like are preferable and, for example, a C 3 - 6 cycloalkyl group (e.g., cyclopropyl, cyplobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, etc.) and the like are widely used.
  • a C 3 - 6 cycloalkyl group e.g., cyclopropyl, cyplobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, etc.
  • aryl group for example, a C ⁇ -n aryl group (e.g., phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, biphenylyl, 2-anthryl, etc.) and the like are preferable and, for example, phenyl group and the like are widely used.
  • aryl group for example, a C ⁇ -n aryl group (e.g., phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, biphenylyl, 2-anthryl, etc.) and the like are preferable and, for example, phenyl group and the like are widely used.
  • the "hydrocarbon group” of the “hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R 1 may have, for example, (1) a halogen atom (e.g., fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom, etc.), (2) a nitro group, (3) a cyano group, (4) a hydroxy group, (5) an optionally halogenated lower alkyl group (e.g., an optionally halogenated Ci-6 alkyl group such as methyl, chloromethyl, difluoromethyl, trichloromethyl, trifluoromethyl, ethyl, 2-bromoethyl, 2, 2, 2-trifluoroethyl, pentafluoroethyl, propyl, 3, 3, 3-trifluoropropyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, 4 , 4 , 4-trifluor
  • hydrocarbon group of the “hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent (s) may have 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3, of the above-mentioned substituents at substitutable position (s) for the hydrocarbon group.
  • each substituent may be the same or different.
  • acyl as the "substituent" of the "hydrocarbon- group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R 1 , for example, includes formyl, Ci- ⁇ alkyl-carbonyl (e.g., acetyl, propionyl, etc.), heterocyclyl-Ci- 6 alkyl-carbonyl, C 3 - 7 cycloalkyl-carbonyl (e.g., cyclopropylcarbonyl, etc.), C ⁇ -i 4 aryl-carbonyl (e.g., phenylcarbonyl, naphthylcarbonyl, etc.), heterocyclylcarbonyl (e.g., nicotinoyl, etc.), Ci_ 6 alkoxy- carbonyl (e.g., methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, propoxycarbonyl, butoxycarbonyl, etc.), C 6 - I4 aryloxy-carbonyl (e.g.,
  • heterocyclic group of the heterocyclyl- Ci- 6 alkyl-carbonyl, heterocyclylcarbonyl, heterocyclyloxy- carbonyl and heterocyclylsulfonyl for example, a 5- to 14- membered (preferably 5- to 9-membered, more preferably 5- or 6-membered) non-aromatic heterocyclic group (e.g., pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuryl, tetrahydrothienyl, piperidyl, tetrahydropyranyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, piperazinyl) or aromatic heterocyclic group (e.g., furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, 1, 2, 3-oxadiazolyl, 1, 2, 4-oxadiazolyl, 1, 3, 4-o
  • acyloxy and “acylamino” recited as the "substituent" of the "hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R 1 include, for example, the same groups as those referred to herein above for the foregoing "acyloxy” and “acylamino” recited as the "substituent" of the "phenyl group” represented by Ar.
  • the "5- to 7-membered cyclic amino optionally having substituent (s) " recited as the "substituent” of the "hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R 1 includes, for example, the same group as those referred to herein above for the foregoing "5- to 7- membered cyclic amino optionally having substituent (s) " recited as the "substituent” of the "phenyl group” represented by Ar.
  • heterocyclic group recited as the “substituent” of the "hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R 1 , for example, a 5- to 14-membered (preferably 5- to 9-membered, more preferably 5- or 6-membered) aromatic heterocyclic group (e.g., furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, 1, 2, 3-oxadiazolyl, 1, 2, 4-oxadiazolyl, 1, 3, 4-oxadiazolyl, furazanyl, 1, 2, 3-thiadiazolyl, 1, 2, 4-thiadiazolyl, 1,3,4- thiadiazolyl, 1, 2, 3-triazolyl, 1, 2, 4-triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyr
  • non-aromatic heterocyclic groups may be further fused with other aromatic or non-aromatic homocyclic ring or heterocyclic ring.
  • the "heterocyclic group” may have substituent (s) such as halogen atom, optionally halogenated Ci- 6 alkyl, C ⁇ - 6 alkoxy, oxo and the like.
  • acyl group represented by R 1 includes, for example, the same group as those referred to herein above for the foregoing "acyl” recited as the "substituent" of the "phenyl group” represented by Ar.
  • heterocyclic group of the “heterocyclic group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R 1 , for example, a 5- to 14-membered (preferably 5- to 10-membered) (monocyclic to tricyclic, preferably monocyclic or bicyclic) heterocyclic group containing, besides carbon atom, 1 to 4 (preferably 1 to 3) heteroatoms of one or two kinds selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, and the like can be mentioned.
  • 5-membered ring groups containing, besides carbon atom, 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, such as 2- or 3- thienyl, 2- or 3-furyl, 1-, 2- or 3-pyrrolyl, 1-, 2- or 3- pyrrolidinyl, 2-, 4- or 5-oxazolyl, 3-, 4- or 5-isoxazolyl, 2-, 4- or 5-thiazolyl, 3-, 4- or 5-isothiazolyl, 3-, 4- or 5- pyrazolyl, 2-, 3- or 4-pyrazolidinyl, 2-, 4- or 5-imidazolyl, 1,2, 3-triazolyl, 1, 2, 4-triazolyl, IH- or 2H-tetrazolyl and the like; 6-membered ring groups containing, besides carbon atom, 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, such as 2-, 3- or 4-
  • a 5- to 7- membered (preferably 5- or 6-membered) heterocyclic group containing, besides carbon atom, 1 to ' 3 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom is preferable.
  • substituents that the "heterocyclic group” of the “heterocyclic group optionally having substituent (s) " may have, those similar to the "substituent” that the "hydrocarbon group” of the above-mentioned “hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent (s) " may have can be used and, for example, (1) a halogen atom (e.g., fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, etc.), (2) a lower alkyl group (e.g., a Ci- ⁇ alkyl group such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl and the like, etc.), (3) a cycloalkyl group (e.g., a C 3 _ 6 cycloalkyl group such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl
  • alkylsulfinyl group e.g., Ci- 6 alkylsulfinyl group such as methylsulfinyl, ethylsulfinyl, propylsulfinyl, butylsulfinyl and the like, etc.
  • arylsulfinyl group e.g., C ⁇ -i 4 arylsulfinyl group such as phenylsulfinyl, naphthylsulfinyl and the like, etc.
  • lower alkylsulfonyl group e.g., Ci-6 alkylsulfonyl group such as methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, propylsulfonyl, butylsulfonyl and the like
  • acyl As used herein, as the "acyl”, “acyloxy” and “acylamino”, those similar to the “acyl”, “acyloxy” and “acylamino” recited as the “substituent” that the "hydrocarbon group” of the above- mentioned “hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent (s) " may have can be used.
  • heterocyclic group of the “heterocyclic group optionally having substituent (s) may have 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3, the above-mentioned substituents at substitutable position (s) for the heterocyclic group.
  • each substituent may be the same or different.
  • R 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an acyl group.
  • hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent (s) ", amino group optionally having substituent (s) “, “hydroxy group optionally having a substituent” and “heterocyclic group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R 5 include, for example, the same groups as those referred to herein above for the foregoing "hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent (s) ", “amino group optionally having substituent (s) “, “hydroxy group optionally having a substituent” and “heterocyclic group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R 3 .
  • Ci- 6 alkyl group e.g., methyl group
  • substituents selected from the group consisting of (i) amino, (ii) Ci- 6 alkoxy (e.g., methoxy) , (iii) formylamino, (iv) Ci-6 alkyl-carbonylamino (e.g., acetylamino) , (v) Ci-6 alkoxy- carbonylamino (e.g., methoxycarbonylamino, tert- butoxycarbonylamino) , (vi) Ci-6 alkylsulfonylamino (e.g., methylsulfonylamino) , (vii) a heterocyclic group (e.g., a 5- or 6-membered aromatic or non-aromatic heterocyclic group
  • amino group optionally having substituent (s.) represented by R 5
  • an amino group, a Ci_ 6 alkylamino group, a di-Ci- 6 alkylamino group and the like are preferable.
  • a Ci-6 alkoxy group is preferable.
  • a Ci- 6 alkyl group e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl
  • substituent (s) selected from the group consisting of formyl, Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyl (e.g., acetyl), Ci-6 alkoxy-carbonyl (e.g., methoxycarbonyl, isopropoxycarbonyl) , carbamoyl and mono or di-Ci- 6 alkyl- carbamoyl (e.g., dimethylcarbamoyl) ,
  • a formyl group e.g.,
  • Ci- 6 alkyl-carbonyl group e.g., acetyl
  • substituent (s) selected from the group consisting of (a) formylamino, (b) Ci-6 alkyl-carbonylamino
  • a 5- or 6-membered non-aromatic or aromatic heterocyclic group e.g., tetrazolyl, triazolyl, dihydrotriazolyl, etc.
  • a Ci- 6 alkylsulfonyl group e.g., methylsulfonyl
  • substituent (s) selected from the group consisting of (a) formylamino, (b) Ci- 6 alkyl- carbonylamino (e.g., acetylamino) and (c) a 5- or 6-membered non-aromatic or aromatic heterocyclic group (e.g., tetrazolyl, triazolyl, di
  • Ci- 6 alkoxy-carbonyl group e.g., methoxycarbonyl, tert- butoxycarbonyl, etc.
  • substituent (s) selected from the group consisting of (a) formylamino, (b) Ci- 6 alkyl-carbonylamino (e.g., acetylamino) and (c) a 5- or 6- membered non-aromatic or aromatic heterocyclic group (e.g., tetrazolyl, triazolyl, dihydrotriazolyl, etc.) containing, besides carbon atom, 1 to 4 heteroatoms of one or two kinds selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, and optionally having 1 or 2 OXO, (vi) a substituent bonded via carbon atom, such as a heterocyclyl-carbonyl group (e.g., a 5- or 6-membered aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycl
  • a heterocyclic group optionally substituted by oxo e.g., a 5- or 6-membered aromatic or non-aromatic heterocyclic group (e.g., dihydrofuran-2 (3H) -one) containing, besides carbon atom, 1 to 4 heteroatoms of one or two kinds selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom
  • oxo e.g., a 5- or 6-membered aromatic or non-aromatic heterocyclic group (e.g., dihydrofuran-2 (3H) -one) containing, besides carbon atom, 1 to 4 heteroatoms of one or two kinds selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom
  • a di-Ci-6 alkyl-carbamoyl group e.g., dimethylcarbamoyl
  • a 5- or 6-membered non-aromatic heterocyclic group (particularly, 1-piperidyl group, 4-piperidyl group, piperazinyl group) containing, besides carbon atom, 1 or 2 nitrogen atoms, and optionally having 1 or 2 substituents selected from oxo and the like are preferable.
  • R 1 a 5- or 6-membered non-aromatic heterocyclic group (particularly, 1-piperidyl group, 4-piperidyl group, piperazinyl group) containing, besides carbon atom, 1 or 2 nitrogen atoms, and optionally having 1 or 2 substituents selected from oxo and the like are preferable.
  • R 1 a 5- or 6-membered non-aromatic heterocyclic group (particularly, 1-piperidyl group, 4-piperidyl group, piperazinyl group) containing, besides carbon atom, 1 or 2 nitrogen atoms, and optionally having 1 or 2 substituents selected from oxo and the like are preferable.
  • Ci- 6 alkyl-carbonyl optionally having 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of (i) an amino, (ii) a Ci- ⁇ alkoxy, (iii) a Ci- 6 alkyl-carbonylamino, (iv) a Ci_6 alkoxy- carbonylamino, (v) a Ci- ⁇ alkylsulfonylamino, (vi) a 5- or 6- membered nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group (e.g., tetrazolyl, triazolyl, dihydrotriazolyl, oxazolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, tetrahydropyrimidinyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, etc.) optionally having 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of a Ci- 6 alkyl and an oxo, said heterocyclic group optionally forms a spiro ring together with cyclopentane or
  • Ci- 6 alkylamino-carbonylcarbonyl (8) a di-Ci- 6 alkylamino-carbonylcarbonyl, or ,
  • a piperidin-4-ylcarbonyl optionally having 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of (i) a Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyl optionally having a 5- or 6-membered nitrogen- containing heterocyclic group (e.g., tetrazolyl, triazolyl, dihydrotriazolyl, etc.) optionally having 1 or 2 oxo, (ii) a Ci- 6 alkoxy-carbonyl, (iii) a Ci- 6 alkylsulfonyl, (iv) a Ci- ⁇ alkyl-carbonylamino-Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyl, (v) a di-Ci- ⁇ alkyl- carbamoyl and (vi) an oxo, and the like are preferable.
  • a Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyl optionally having a 5- or 6-membered nitrogen- containing heterocyclic group (e.g., tetrazolyl, triazo
  • the heterocyclic group of the above-mentioned "5- or 6-membered nitrogen- containing heterocyclic group optionally having 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of a Ci-6 alkyl and an oxo
  • said heterocyclic group optionally forms a spiro ring together with cyclopentane or cyclohexane
  • a 5- or 6- membered heterocyclic group e.g., tetrazolyl, triazolyl, dihydrotriazolyl, oxazolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, tetrahydropyrimidinyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, etc.
  • optionally containing, besides one nitrogen atom and carbon atom, 1 to 3 heteroatoms of one or two kinds selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom can be mentioned.
  • a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic group e.g., tetrazolyl, triazolyl, dihydrotriazolyl, etc.
  • a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic group optionally containing, besides one nitrogen atom and carbon atom, 1 to 3 heteroatoms of one or two kinds selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom can be mentioned.
  • Ci-6 alkoxy-Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyl Ci- 6 alkyl-carbonylamino-Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyl, Ci- 6 alkoxy-carbonyl or 1- (Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyl)piperidin-4-ylcarbonyl is preferable.
  • R 2 is a hydrogen atom, a Ci_ 6 alkyl group optionally having substituent (s) or a C3-6 cycloalkyl group optionally having substituent (s) .
  • Ci-6 alkyl group of the “C ⁇ 6 alkyl group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R 2 , for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl and the like can be used.
  • a C1- 3 alkyl group such as methyl, ethyl and the like is preferable and a methyl group is particularly preferable.
  • C3-6 cycloalkyl group of the “C3-6 cycloalkyl group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R 2 , for example, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and the like can be used.
  • the substituent of the "Ci- 6 alkyl group optionally having substituent (s) " or "C3-6 cycloalkyl group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R 2 include, for example, the same group as those referred to herein above for the foregoing substituent that the "hydrocarbon group” of the “hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R 1 may have. Of these, one having 1 to 3 halogen atoms (e.g., fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, etc.) is preferable. As R 2 , a hydrogen atom or a Ci- 6 alkyl group optionally having substituent (s) is preferable.
  • Ci- 6 alkyl group optionally having 1 to 3 halogen atoms (e.g., fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, etc.) is preferable.
  • a Ci- ⁇ alkyl group is particularly preferable and methyl is specifically preferable.
  • Z is a methylene group optionally having a Ci- 6 alkyl group (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, etc.).
  • Ci- 6 alkyl group e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, etc.
  • Z is preferably a methylene group optionally having a methyl group.
  • Ring A is a piperidine ring optionally further having substituent (s) . That is, ring A may further have 1 to 8 substituents besides R 1 , NH- and Ar.
  • Ring A is preferably a piperidine ring without a substituent other than R 1 , NH- and Ar.
  • Ring B and ring C are benzene rings optionally further having substituent (s) . That is, ring B may further have 1 to 3 substituents besides ring C, O-R 2 and Z-, and ring C may have 1 to 5 substituents besides ring B.
  • a benzene ring optionally further having a halogen atom or a Ci- 6 alkyl or ring B forming a 2,3- dihydrobenzofuran ring together with R 2 are preferable.
  • ring C a benzene ring optionally having 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of (1) a cyano, (2) a nitro, (3) a halogen atom, (4) a Ci-6 alkyl optionally having 1 to 3 halogen atoms, (5) a Ci-6 alkynyl, (6) a Ci- 6 alkoxy optionally having 1 to 3 halogen atoms, (7) a C ⁇ - 6 alkylthio, (8) a Ci-6 alkylsulfonyl, (9) a di-Ci-6 alkylamino,
  • a Ci- 6 alkyl-carbonyl (10) a Ci- 6 alkyl-carbonyl, (11) a Ci-6 alkyl-carbonylamino, (12) a Ci- 6 alkoxy-carbonyl and (13) a carbamoyl is preferable.
  • a benzene ring optionally having 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of (1) a ⁇ cyano, (2) a halogen atom, (3) a Ci- 6 alkyl optionally having 1 to 3 halogen atoms and (4) a Ci- 6 alkoxy is preferable.
  • Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyl optionally having 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of (i) an amino, (ii) a Ci_ 6 alkoxy, (iii) a Ci- ⁇ alkyl-carbonylamino, (iv) a Ci- 6 alkoxy- carbonylamino, (v) a Ci- 6 alkylsulfonylamino, (vi) a 5- or 6- membered nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group optionally having 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of a Ci- 6 alkyl and an oxo, said heterocyclic group optionally forms a spiro ring together with cyclopentane or cyclohexane, (vii) a Ci- 6 alkyl-carbonyloxy, (viii) a hydroxy and (ix) a carbamoyl,
  • Ci-6 alkylsulfonyl (6) an aminocarbonylcarbonyl
  • a di-Ci- 6 alkylamino-carbonylcarbonyl or (9) a piperidin-4-ylcarbonyl optionally having 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of (i) a Ci_6 alkyl-carbonyl optionally having a 5- or 6-membered nitrogen- containing heterocyclic group optionally having 1 or 2 oxo, (ii) a Ci- 6 alkoxy-carbonyl, (iii) a Ci- 6 alkylsulfonyl, (iv) a
  • R 2 is (1) a hydrogen atom or (2) a Ci- 6 alkyl group optionally having 1 to 3 halogen atoms; Z is a methylene group optionally having a methyl group; ring A is a piperidine ring without a further substituent; ring B is a benzene ring optionally further having a halogen atom or a Ci- ⁇ alkyl or ring B forms a 2, 3-dihydrobenzofuran ring together with R 2 ; and ring C is a benzene ring optionally having 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of
  • Ci- 6 alkoxy optionally having 1 to 3 halogen atoms
  • a carbamoyl is preferable. More preferably, compound (Ha) wherein Ar is a phenyl group;
  • R 1 is Ci- 6 alkoxy-Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyl, Ci_6 alkyl-carbonylamino-Ci- 6 alkyl-carbonyl, Ci- 6 alkoxy-carbonyl or l-(Ci- 6 alkyl- carbonyl) piperidin-4-ylcarbonyl;
  • ring A is a piperidine ring without a further substituent;
  • R 2 is a Ci- 6 alkyl group optionally having 1 to 3 halogen atoms;
  • ring B is a benzene ring without a further substituent; and
  • ring C is a benzene ring optionally having 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of (1) a cyano, (2) a halogen atom, (3) a Ci_ 6 alkyl optionally having 1 to 3 halogen atoms and (4) a Ci-6 alkoxy can be mentioned.
  • Ar' is a phenyl group optionally having 1 to 3 halogen atoms/
  • R 1 ' is (1) a hydrogen atom
  • Ci- 6 alkyl-carbonyl optionally having 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of (i) an amino, (ii) a Ci- ⁇ alkoxy, (iii) a Ci-6 alkyl-carbonylamino, (iv) a Ci-6 alkoxy- carbonylamino, (v) a Ci- ⁇ alkylsulfonylamino, (vi) a 5- or 6- membered nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group optionally having 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of a Ci- 6 alkyl and an oxo, said heterocyclic group optionally forms a spiro ring together with cyclopentane or cyclohexane, (vii) a Ci- 6 alkyl-carbonyloxy, (viii) a hydroxy and (ix) a carbamoyl,
  • a piperidin-4-ylcarbonyl optionally having 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of (i) a Ci- 6 alkyl-carbonyl optionally having a 5- or ⁇ -membered nitrogen- containing heterocyclic group optionally having 1 or 2 oxo, (ii) a Ci-6 alkoxy-carbonyl, (iii) a Ci- ⁇ alkylsulfonyl, (iv) a Ci-6 alkyl-carbonylamino-Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyl, (v) a di-Ci- ⁇ alkyl- carbamoyl and (vi) an oxo;
  • R 2 ' is (1) a hydrogen atom or (2) a Ci-6 alkyl group optionally having 1 to 3 halogen atoms;
  • Z' is a methylene group optionally having a methyl group
  • ring A' is a piperidine ring without a further substituent
  • ring B' is a benzene ring optionally further having a halogen atom or a Ci- 6 alkyl or ring B' forms a 2, 3-dihydrobenzofuran ring together with R 2 '
  • ring C is a benzene ring optionally having 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of
  • Ci- 6 alkyl optionally having 1 to 3 halogen atoms
  • Ci- 6 alkoxy optionally having 1 to 3 halogen atoms
  • a salt of compound (I) includes, for example, a metal salt, an ammonium salt, a salt with an organic base, a salt with an inorganic acid, a salt with an organic acid, a salt with basic or acidic amino acid, etc.
  • Suitable examples of the metal salt include an alkali metal salt such as a sodium salt, a potassium salt, etc.; an alkaline earth metal salt such as a calcium salt, a magnesium salt, a barium salt, etc.; an aluminum salt, etc.
  • Suitable examples of the salts with an organic base include salts with trimethylamine, triethylamine, pyridine, picoline, 2, 6-lutidine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, cyclohexylamine, dicyclohexylamine, N, N' -dibenzylethylenediamine, etc.
  • Suitable examples of the salts with an inorganic acid include salts with hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, nitric acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, etc.
  • Suitable examples of the salts with an organic acid include salts with formic acid, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, phthalic acid, fumaric acid, oxalic acid, tartaric acid, maleic acid, citric acid, succinic acid, malic acid, methanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, etc.
  • Suitable examples of the salts with basic amino acid include salts with arginine, lysine, ornithine, etc.
  • Suitable examples of the salts with acidic amino acid include salts with aspartic acid and glutamic acid, etc.
  • salts are preferred.
  • the preferred are inorganic salts such as an alkali metal salt (e.g., sodium salt, potassium salt, etc.), an alkaline earth metal salt (e.g., calcium salt, magnesium salt, barium salt, etc.), an ammonium salt, etc.
  • the preferred are salts with an inorganic acid such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, nitric acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, etc., or salts with an organic acid such as acetic acid, phthalic acid, fumaric acid, oxalic acid, tartaric acid, maleic acid, citric acid, succinic acid, methanesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, etc.
  • an inorganic acid such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, nitric acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, etc.
  • an organic acid such as acetic acid, phthalic acid, fumaric acid, oxalic acid, tartaric acid, maleic acid, citric acid, succinic acid, methanesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, etc.
  • the prodrug of compound (I) of the present invention or a salt thereof means a compound which is converted to compound (I) of the present invention under the physiological condition in the living body by a reaction with an enzyme, a gastric acid, or the like, that is, by enzymatic oxidation, reduction, hydrolysis, etc.; by hydrolysis with gastric acid, etc.
  • the prodrug of compound (I) of the present invention includes a compound wherein the amino group of compound (I) is modified with acyl, alkyl or phosphoryl (e.g., a compound wherein the amino group of compound (I) of the present invention is modified with eicosanyl, alanyl, pentylaminocarbonyl, (5-methyl-2-oxo-l, 3-dioxolen-4- yl)methoxycarbonyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolidylmethyl, pivaloyloxymethyl or tert-butyl, etc.); a compound wherein the hydroxy group of compound (I) of the present invention is modified with acyl, alkyl, phosphoric acid or boric acid (e.g., a compound wherein the hydroxy group of compound (I) of the present invention is modified with acetyl, palmitoyl, propanoyl, pivaloyl, succinyl, fumaryl
  • the prodrug of compound (I) of the present invention may be a compound, which is converted into compound (I) of the present invention under the physiological conditions, as described in "Pharmaceutical Research and Development", Vol. 7 (Drug Design), pp. 163-198 (1990), published by Hirokawa Publishing Co.
  • a solvate, for example, hydrate of the compound represented by the formula (I) and a salt thereof are all included in the scope of the present invention.
  • the compound represented by the formula (I) may be labeled with an isotope (e.g., 3 H, 14 C, 35 S, 125 I, etc.) and the like.
  • compound (I) according to the present invention has chiral center, isomers such as an enantiomer or a diastereomer may exist. Such isomers and a mixture thereof are all included in the scope of the present invention. In addition, there can be instances where the isomers by conformation are generated in cases, but such isomers or a mixture thereof are also included in compound (I) of the present invention or a salt thereof.
  • Compound (I) is preferably a cis-isomer in view of the activity.
  • the methods for preparing compound (I) of the present invention or a salt thereof will be explained in the following.
  • the compound (I) of the present invention and a salt thereof can be produced according to the production method described in WO03/101964. Specifically, they can be produced using the following Method A, Method B, Method C or Method D.
  • Method A Compound (I) can be produced by reacting a compound represented by the formula (Ib):
  • R la is a hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent (s) , an acyl group or a heterocyclic group optionally having substituent (s) , or a salt thereof
  • compound (III) (hereinafter to be referred to as compound (III) ) or a reactive derivative thereof, which is an acylating agent or alkylating agent.
  • a hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent (s) an acyl group or a heterocyclic group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R la , those similar to the examples of R 1 can be used.
  • reactive derivative of compound (III) for example, a compound represented by the formula (Ilia): R la -L (Ilia) wherein L is a leaving group and R la is as defined above, or a salt thereof (hereinafter to be referred to as reactive derivative (HIa)) can be used.
  • the leaving group represented by L includes, for example, a halogen atom (e.g., a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an- iodine atom, etc.), a substituted sulfonyloxy group (e.g., a
  • Ci- 6 alkylsulfonyloxy group such as methanesulfonyloxy, ethanesulfonyloxy, etc.; a C ⁇ -14 arylsulfonyloxy group such as benzenesulfonyloxy, p-toluenesulfonyloxy, etc.; a C 7 _i6 aralkylsulfonyloxy group such as benzylsulfonyloxy, etc.; and the like), acyloxy (acetoxy, benzoyloxy, etc.), carbonates, trichloroacetimidic acid esters, oxalic acid esters, phosphorous acid esters (e.g., methyl phosphite, etc.), phosphoranes, an oxy group substituted with a heterocycle or an aryl group (succinimide, benzotriazole, quinoline, A- nitrophenyl, etc.), a hetero
  • the reaction using the above-mentioned reactive derivative as an alkylating agent can be carried out by reacting compound (Ib) with the reactive derivative, usually in a solvent in the presence of a base.
  • the solvent includes, for example, alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, etc.; ethers such as dimethoxyethane, dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, etc.; ketones such as acetone, etc.; nitriles such as acetonitrile, etc.; amides such as N,N- dimethylformamide, etc.; sulfoxides such as dimethyl sulfoxide, etc.; water and the like, which may be used in a suitable mixture.
  • the base includes, for example, an organic base such as trimethylamine, triethylamine, N- methylmorpholine, pyridine, picoline, N, N-dimethylaniline, etc.; and an inorganic base such as potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, etc.
  • the amount of the base is, for example, about 1 to about 100 molar equivalents, preferably about 1 to about 10 molar equivalents, relative to 1 mol of the substrate.
  • the reactive derivative includes, for example, halides (e.g., chloride, bromide, iodide, etc.), sulfuric acid esters, or sulfonic acid esters (e.g., methanesulfonate, p- toluenesulfonate, benzenesulfonate, etc.) and the like, and particularly halides.
  • the amount of the reactive derivative is, for example, about 1 to about 5 molar equivalents, preferably about 1 to about 3 molar equivalents, relative to 1 mol of the substrate.
  • the reaction can be promoted by adding an additive.
  • additive includes, for example, iodides such as sodium iodide, potassium iodide, etc. and the amount is about 0.1 to about 10 molar equivalents, preferably about 0.1 to about 5 molar equivalents, relative to 1 mol of the substrate.
  • the reaction temperature is usually about -1O 0 C to about 200 0 C, preferably about 0 0 C to about HO 0 C, and the reaction time is usually about 0.5 to about 48 hr, preferably about 0.5 to about 16 hr.
  • the reaction using the above-mentioned reactive derivative as an acylating agent depends on the kind of reactive derivative or substrate, but it is usually carried out in a solvent. If necessary, a suitable base may be added to promote the reaction.
  • the solvent includes, for example, hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, etc.; ethers such as diethyl ether, dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, etc.; esters such as ethyl acetate, etc.; halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform, dichloromethane, etc.; esters such as ethyl acetate, etc.; amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide, etc.; aromatic amines such as pyridine, etc.; water and the like, which may be used in a suitable mixture.
  • the base includes, for example, alkali metal hydroxides such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, etc. ; hydrogen carbonates such as sodium hydrogen carbonate, potassium hydrogen carbonate, etc.; carbonates such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, etc; acetates such as sodium acetate, etc.; tertiary amines such as trimethylamine, triethylamine, N- methylmorpholine, etc.; aromatic amines such as pyridine, picoline, N, N-dimethylaniline, etc.; and the like.
  • the amount of the base is, for example, about 1 to about 100 molar equivalents, preferably about 1 to about 10 molar equivalents, relative to 1 mol of the substrate.
  • the acylating agent includes, for example, carboxylic acid, sulfonic acid, phosphoric acid, carbonic acid or a reactive derivative thereof (e.g., acid halide, acid anhydride, mixed acid anhydride, active ester, etc.), isocyanic acid ester, isothiocyanic acid ester and the like.
  • the amount of such acylating agent is usually about 1 to about 10 molar equivalents, preferably about 1 to about 3 . molar equivalents, relative to 1 mol of the substrate.
  • the reaction temperature is usually about -1O 0 C to about 15O 0 C, preferably about 0 0 C to about 100 0 C, and the reaction time is usually about 15 min to about 24 hr, preferably about 30 min to about 16 hr.
  • Compound (Ib) used as the starting compound in Method A can be produced by subjecting a compound represented by the formula (Ia) or a salt thereof (hereinafter to be referred to as compound (Ia)) obtained by Method B or Method C below to deacylation.
  • Such deacylation can be carried out according to a known method, for example, the methods described in Theodora W. Greene, Peter G. M. Wuts, "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3 rd Ed.,” (1999) Wiley-Interscience, and the like or a method analogous thereto.
  • the reaction is usually carried out in the presence of an acid or a base, if necessary, in a solvent that does not adversely affect the reaction though it depends on the kinds of compound (Ia) .
  • the acid is preferably mineral acids (e.g., hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, etc.), carboxylic acids (e.g., acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, trichloroacetic acid, etc.), sulfonic acids (e.g., methanesulfonic acid, toluenesulfonic acid, etc.), Lewis acids (e.g., aluminum chloride, tin chloride, zinc bromide, etc.) and the like. If necessary, it may be used in a mixture of two or more.
  • the amount of the acid varies depending on the kinds of the solvent and other reaction conditions, but it is usually about 0.1 mol or more, relative to 1 mol of compound (Ia), and the acid can be used as a solvent.
  • the base is preferably an inorganic base (alkali metal hydroxides such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, etc.; alkali metal hydrogen carbonates such as sodium hydrogen carbonate, potassium hydrogen carbonate, etc.; alkali metal carbonates such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, etc.; alkoxides such as sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, etc.; and the like), or an organic base (amines such as trimethylamine, triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, etc.; cyclic amines such as pyridine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, etc.
  • inorganic base alkali metal hydroxides such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, etc.
  • alkali metal hydrogen carbonates such as sodium hydrogen carbonate, potassium hydrogen carbonate, etc.
  • alkali metal carbonates such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, etc.
  • alkoxides such as sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, etc.
  • the amount of the base varies depending on the kinds of the solvent and other reaction conditions, but is usually about 0.1 to about 10 mol, preferably about 0.1 to about 5 mol, relative to 1 mol of compound (Ia) .
  • the solvent that does not adversely affect the reaction includes, for example, alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, 2-propanol, butanol, isobutanol, tert-butanol, etc.; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene, etc.; aliphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, etc.; halogenated hydrocarbons such as dichloromethane, chloroform, etc.; ethers such as diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tert- butyl methyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, dimethoxyethane, etc.; nitriles such as acetonitrile, etc.; esters such as ethyl acetate, etc.; carboxylic acids such as acetic acid, etc.; amides such as N, N-dimethylformamide, N
  • reaction temperature is for example, about -50 0 C to about 200 0 C, preferably about O 0 C to about 100 0 C
  • reaction time varies depending on the kinds of compound (Ia), the reaction temperature and the like, and it is for example, about 0.5 to about 100 hr, preferably about 0.5 to about 24 hr.
  • Step 3 wherein each symbol is as defined above.
  • the compound (IV) to be used as a starting compound in this method can be produced according to the production method described in WO03/101964 and the like. (Step 1)
  • a compound represented by the formula (IV) (hereinafter to be referred to as compound (IV)) is converted to an imine or oxime, and then subjected to a reduction to give a compound represented by the formula (V) (hereinafter to be referred to as amine compound (V) ) .
  • Compound (IV) can be converted to an imine or oxime by a known method and, for example, the reaction can be carried out in a solvent inert to the reaction using various amines.
  • amines ammonias such as aqueous ammonia, ammonium chloride, ammonium acetate, etc.; hydroxylamines such as hydroxylamine, O-methylhydroxylamine, O-benzylhydroxylamine, etc.; organic amines such as benzylamine, aminodiphenylmethane, 1-phenylethylamine, etc.; and the like can be mentioned.
  • the amount of the amine to be used is, for example, about 1 to about 50 mol, preferably about 1 to about 10 mol, per 1 mol of compound (IV) .
  • the solvent inert to the reaction includes, for example, aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene, xylene, etc.; aliphatic hydrocarbons such as heptane, hexane, etc.
  • halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform, dichloromethane, etc.
  • ethers such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, etc.
  • alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, butanol, benzyl alcohol, etc.
  • nitriles such as acetonitrile, etc.
  • N, N-dimethylformamide dimethyl sulfoxide and the like.
  • solvents may be used in a mixture at a suitable ratio.
  • the reaction can advantageously proceed by adding a catalyst.
  • a catalyst includes, for example, mineral acids (e.g., hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, etc.), carboxylic acids (e.g., formic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, etc.), sulfonic acids (e.g., methanesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, etc.), Lewis acids (e.g., aluminum chloride, zinc chloride, zinc bromide, boron trifluoride, titanium chloride, etc.), acetates (e.g., sodium acetate, potassium acetate, etc.), molecular sieves (e.g., molecular sieves 3A, 4A, 5A, etc.), dehydrating agents (e.g., magnesium sulfate, etc.) and the like.
  • mineral acids e.g., hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid
  • the amount of the catalyst is, for example, about 0.01 to about 50 mol, preferably about 0.1 to about 10 mol, relative to 1 mol of compound (IV) .
  • the reaction temperature is usually about 0 0 C to about 200 0 C, preferably about 20 0 C to about 150 0 C, and the reaction time is usually about 0.5 to about 48 hr, preferably about 0.5 to about 24 hr.
  • the imine or oxime can be converted to amine compound (V) by various reductions in a solvent inert to the reaction.
  • reduction can be carried out by a method known per se, for: example, a method using metal hydride or a method by catalytic hydrogenation.
  • the metal hydride includes, for example, sodium borohydride, lithium borohydride, zinc borohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride, sodium triacetoxyborohydride, lithium cyanoborohydride, dibutylaluminum hydride, aluminum hydride, lithium aluminum hydride, a borane complex (a borane-THF complex, catechol borane, etc.) and the like.
  • the metal hydride includes preferably sodium borohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride, sodium triacetoxyborohydride, etc.
  • the amount of the metal hydride is, for example, about 1 to about 50 mol, preferably about 1 to about 10 mol, relative to 1 mol of the imine or oxime.
  • the reduction by metal hydride is generally carried out in a solvent inert to the reaction.
  • solvent includes, for example, aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene, xylene, etc.; aliphatic hydrocarbons such as heptane, hexane, etc.; halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform, dichloromethane, etc.; ethers such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, etc.; alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, butanol, benzyl alcohol, etc.; nitriles such as acetonitrile, etc.; N, N-dimethylformamide; dimethyl sulfoxide and the like.
  • solvents may be used in a mixture at a suitable ratio.
  • the reaction temperature is usually about
  • reaction time is usually about 5 min to about 48 hr, preferably about 1 to about 24 hr.
  • the catalytic hydrogenation can be carried out under hydrogen atmosphere and in the presence of a catalyst.
  • the catalyst to be used is preferably palladium compounds such as palladium carbon, palladium hydroxide, palladium oxide, etc.; nickel compounds such as Raney-nickel catalyst, etc. ; platinum compounds such as platinum oxide, platinum carbon, etc.; rhodium compounds such as rhodium carbon, etc.; and the like, and the amount is about 0.001 to about 1 mol, preferably about 0.01 to about 0.5 mol, relative to 1 mol of the imine or oxime .
  • the catalytic hydrogenation proceeds usually in a solvent inert to the reaction.
  • solvent includes, for example, alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, etc.; hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene, etc.; halogenated hydrocarbons such as dichloromethane, chloroform, etc.; ethers such as diethyl ether, dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, etc.; esters such as ethyl acetate, etc.; amides such as N, N- dimethylformamide, etc. ; carboxylic acids such as acetic acid, etc.; water, or a mixture thereof.
  • the hydrogen pressure under which the reaction proceeds is usually about 1 to about 50 atm, preferably about 1 to about 10 atm.
  • the reaction temperature is usually about 0 0 C to about 15O 0 C, preferably about 20 0 C to about 100 0 C, and the reaction time is usually about 5 min to about 72 hr, preferably about 0.5 to about 40 hr.
  • amine compound (V) can also be produced directly from compound (IV) while carrying out the reactions of producing and of reducing imine or oxime at the same time, without isolating the intermediate imine or oxime.
  • pH of the reaction mixture is preferably about 4 to about 5.
  • amine compound (V) is subjected to an alkylation or reductive alkylation to give compound (Ia).
  • the alkylation can be carried out by a method known per se.
  • amine compound (V) is reacted with a compound represented by the formula (VI) :
  • the leaving group represented by L 1 includes, for example, a halogen atom (e.g., a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom), a substituted sulfonyloxy group (e.g., a Ci- 6 alkylsulfonyloxy group such as methanesulfonyloxy, ethanesulfonyloxy, etc.; a C ⁇ -i4 arylsulfonyloxy group such as benzenesulfonyloxy, p-toluenesulfonyloxy, etc.; a C7-16 aralkylsulfonyloxy group such as benzylsulfonyloxy; a Ci-6 alkoxysulfonyloxy group such as methoxysulfonyloxy, etc.; and the like), and the like.
  • a halogen atom e.g., a chlorine atom,
  • reaction using compound (VI) or the above- mentioned reactive derivative (Via) as an alkylating agent varies depending on the kind of compound (VI) or reactive derivative (Via) and amine compound (V) , it generally includes reacting compound (VI) or reactive derivative (Via) with amine compound (V) in a solvent in the presence of a base.
  • the solvent includes, for example, alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, etc.; ethers such as dimethoxyethane, dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, etc.; ketones such as acetone, etc.; nitriles such as acetonitrile, etc.; amides such as N, N-dimethylformamide, etc.; sulfoxides such as dimethyl sulfoxide, etc.; water and the like, which may be used in a suitable mixture.
  • alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, etc.
  • ethers such as dimethoxyethane, dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, etc.
  • ketones such as acetone, etc.
  • nitriles such as acetonitrile, etc.
  • amides such as N, N-dimethylformamide, etc.
  • sulfoxides such as dimethyl sulfoxide,
  • the base includes, for example, an organic base such as trimethylamine, triethylamine, N-methylmorpholine, pyridine, picoline, N,N-dimethylaniline, etc.; and an inorganic base such as potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, etc.
  • the amount of the base is, for example, about 1 to about 100 mol, preferably about 1 to about 10 mol, relative to 1 mol of amine compound (V) .
  • the reactive derivative (Via) includes, for example, halides (e.g., chloride, bromide, iodide, etc.), sulfuric acid esters, or sulfonic acid esters (e.g., methanesulfonate, p- toluenesulfonate, benzenesulfonate, etc.) and the like, and particularly halides.
  • the amount of compound (VI) or reactive derivative (Via) is, for example, about 1 to about 5 mol, preferably about 1 to about 3 mol, relative to 1 mol of amine compound (V) .
  • the reaction can be promoted by adding an additive.
  • additive includes, for example, iodides such as sodium iodide, potassium iodide, etc. and the amount is about 0.1 to about 10 mol, preferably about 0.1 to about 5 mol, relative to 1 mol of amine compound (V) .
  • the reaction temperature is usually about -1O 0 C to about 200 0 C, preferably about 0 0 C to about HO 0 C, and the reaction time is usually about 0.5 to about 48 hr, preferably about 0.5 to about 16 hr.
  • amine compound (V) is reacted with a compound represented by the formula (VII):
  • compound (Ia) can also be produced directly from amine compound (V) while carrying out the reactions of producing and of reducing imine or iminium ion at the same time, without isolating the intermediate imine or iminium ion.
  • pH of the reaction mixture is preferably about 4 to about 5.
  • compound (IV) is subjected to a reductive amination to give compound (Ia).
  • This reaction can be carried out by a method known per se. For example, compound (IV) is reacted with a compound represented by the formula (VIII) :
  • compound (Ia) can also be produced directly from compound (IV) while carrying out the reactions of producing and of reducing imine or iminium ion at the same time, without isolating the intermediate imine or iminium ion.
  • pH of the reaction mixture is preferably about 4 to about 5.
  • Compound (IX) to be used as a starting compound in this method can be produced according to a production method described in WO03/101964 and the like/
  • This step can be performed by a method known per se [e.g., Chemical Reviews, Vol. 95, p. 2457 (1995) and the like] and, for example, performed in the presence of a transition metal catalyst and a base in a solvent that does not adversely affect the reaction.
  • transition metal catalyst for example, palladium catalysts (palladium acetate, palladium chloride, tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium, etc.), nickel catalysts (nickel chloride, etc.) and the like are used.
  • ligands triphenylphosphine, tri-t-butylphosphine, etc.
  • metal oxides copper oxide, silver oxide, etc.
  • the amount of the catalyst to be used varies depending on the kind of the catalyst, it is generally about 0.0001 to about 1 molar equivalent, preferably about 0.01 to about 0.5 molar equivalents, per 1 mol of compound (IX) .
  • the amount of the ligand to be used is generally about 0.0001 to about 4 molar equivalents, preferably about 0.01 to about 2 molar equivalents, per 1 mol of compound (IX), and the amount of the cocatalyst to be used is about 0.0001 to about 4 molar equivalents, preferably about 0.01 to about 2 molar equivalents, per 1 mol of compound (IX).
  • organic amines trimethylamine, triethylamine, diisopropylamine, N- methylmorpholine, 1, 8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-ene, pyridine, N, N-dimethylaniline, etc.
  • alkali metal salts sodium hydrogen carbonate, potassium hydrogen carbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, sodium phosphate, potassium phosphate, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, etc.
  • metal hydrides potassium hydride, sodium hydride, etc.
  • alkali metal alkoxides sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, sodium t-butoxide, potassium t- butoxide, etc.
  • alkali disilazides lithium disilazide, sodium disilazide, potassium disilazide, etc.
  • alkali metal salts such as potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, sodium phosphate, potassium phosphate and the like; alkali metal alkoxides such as sodium t-butoxide, potassium t-butoxide and the like; organic amines such as triethylamine, diisopropylamine and the like; and the like are preferable.
  • the amount of the base to be used is about 0.1 to about 10 molar equivalents, preferably about 1 to about 5 molar equivalents, per 1 mol of compound
  • the solvent to be used may be any as long as it does not adversely affect the reaction and, for example, hydrocarbons (benzene, toluene, xylene, etc.), halogenated hydrocarbons (chloroform, 1, 2-dichloroethane, etc.), nitriles (acetonitrile, etc.), ethers (dimethoxyethane, tetrahydrofuran, etc.) , alcohols (methanol, ethanol, etc.), aprotic polar solvents (N, N-dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, hexamethylphosphoramide, etc.), water or a mixture thereof can be used.
  • hydrocarbons benzene, toluene, xylene, etc.
  • halogenated hydrocarbons chloroform, 1, 2-dichloroethane, etc.
  • nitriles acetonitrile, etc.
  • ethers diimethoxyethane, te
  • the reaction temperature is generally about -1O 0 C to about 200 0 C, preferably about O 0 C to about 15O 0 C, and the reaction time is generally about 0.5 to about 48 hr, preferably about 0.5 to about 16 hr.
  • Compound (XI) to be used as a starting compound in this method can be produced according to the production method described in WO03/101964 and the like.
  • inorganic acids e.g., hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, hydrobromic acid, etc.
  • the compound when the starting compound forms a salt in each of the above-mentioned reactions, the compound may be used as a salt.
  • Such salt includes, for example, those exemplified as a salt of compound (I) .
  • Compound (I) thus produced by such method can be isolated and purified by a typical separation means such as recrystallization, distillation, chromatography, etc.
  • a typical separation means such as recrystallization, distillation, chromatography, etc.
  • compound (I) contains an optical isomer, a stereoisomer, a regioisomer or a rotamer, these are also encompassed in compound (I), and can be obtained as a single product according to synthesis and separation methods known per se (e.g., concentration, solvent extraction, column chromatography, recrystallization, etc.).
  • an optical isomer resolved from this compound is also encompassed in compound (I) .
  • the optical isomer can be produced by a method known per se. To be specific, an optically active synthetic intermediate is used, or the final racemate product is subjected to optical resolution according to a conventional method to give an optical isomer.
  • the method of optical resolution may be a method known per se, such as a fractional recrystallization method, a chiral column method, a diastereomer method, etc.
  • Fractional recrystallization method A method wherein a salt of a racemate with an optically active compound (e.g., ( ⁇ )-mandelic acid, (-)-mandelic acid, (+) -tartaric acid, (-) -tartaric acid, (+) -1-phenethylamine, (-) -1-phenethylamine, cinchonine, (-) -cinchonidine, brucine, etc.) is formed, which is separated by a fractional recrystallization method, and if desired, a free optical isomer is obtained by a neutralization step.
  • an optically active compound e.g., ( ⁇ )-mandelic acid, (-)-mandelic acid, (+) -tartaric acid, (-) -tartaric acid, (+) -1-phenethylamine, (-) -1-phenethylamine, cinchonine, (-) -cinchonidine, brucine, etc.
  • a method wherein a racemate or a salt thereof is applied to a column for separation of an optical isomer (a chiral column) to allow separation.
  • a chiral column such as ENANTIO-OVM (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) , CHIRAL series (manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industries, Ltd.) and the like, and developed with water, various buffers (e.g., phosphate buffer, etc.) and organic solvents (e.g., ethanol, methanol, isopropanol, acetonitrile, trifluoroacetic acid, diethylamine, etc.) solely or in admixture to separate the optical isomer.
  • a chiral column such as CP-Chirasil-DeX CB (manufactured by GL Sciences Inc.) and the like is used
  • a typical separation means e.g., a fractional recrystallization method, a chromatography method, etc.
  • compound (I) when compound (I) contains hydroxy, or primary or secondary amino in a molecule, the compound and an optically active organic acid (MTPA [ ⁇ methoxy- ⁇ - (trifluoromethyl) phenylacetic acid], (-)- menthoxyacetic acid, etc.) and the like are subjected to condensation reaction to give diastereomers in the ester form or in the amide form, respectively.
  • MTPA optically active organic acid
  • compound (I) has a carboxylic acid group
  • this compound and an optically active amine or an alcohol reagent are subjected to condensation reaction to give diastereomers in the amide form or in the ester form, respectively.
  • the separated diastereomer is converted to an optical isomer of the original compound by acid hydrolysis or base hydrolysis.
  • Compound (I) may be in the form of a crystal.
  • the crystal of compound (I) can be produced by crystallization of compound (I) by a crystallization method known per se.
  • Examples of the crystallization method include a method of crystallization from a solution, a method of crystallization from vapor, a method of crystallization from the melts and the like.
  • the "crystallization from a solution” is typically a method of shifting a non-saturated state to supersaturated state by varying factors involved in solubility of compounds (solvent composition, pH, temperature, ionic strength, redox state, etc.) or the amount of solvent.
  • solvent composition a concentration method, a cooling method, a reaction method (a diffusion method, an electrolysis method) , a hydrothermal growth method, a flux method and the like can be mentioned.
  • solvent to be used examples include aromatic hydrocarbons (e.g., benzene, toluene, xylene, etc.), halogenated hydrocarbons (e.g., dichloromethane, chloroform, etc.), saturated hydrocarbons (e.g., hexane, heptane, cyclohexane, etc.), ethers (e.g., diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, etc.), nitriles (e.g., acetonitrile, etc.), ketones (e.g., acetone, etc.), sulfoxides (e.g., dimethyl sulfoxide, etc.), acid amides (e.g., N, N- dimethylformamide, etc.), esters (e.g., ethyl acetate, etc.), alcohols (e.g., methanol, ethanol, is
  • the "crystallization from vapor” is, for example, a vaporization method (a sealed tube method, a gas stream method) , a gas phase reaction method, a chemical transportation method and the like.
  • the "crystallization from the melts” is, for example, a normal freezing method (a Czockralski method, a temperature gradient method and a Bridgman method, etc.), a zone melting method (a zone leveling method and a floating zone method, etc.), a special growth method (a VLS method and a liquid phase epitaxy method, etc.) and the like.
  • crystallization method examples include a method of dissolving compound (I) in a suitable solvent
  • crystals of the present invention can be isolated, for example, by filtration and the like.
  • crystal analysis by powder X-ray diffraction is generally employed.
  • a method for determining the crystal orientation mechanical methods, optical methods and the like can also be mentioned.
  • crystal of the present invention The crystal of compound (I) obtained by the above- mentioned production method (hereinafter to be abbreviated as "crystal of the present invention”) has high purity and high quality, shows low hygroscopicity, is not denatured even after a long-term preservation under normal conditions, and is extremely superior in stability. In addition, it is superior in biological properties (pharmacokinetics (absorption, distribution, metabolism, excretion) and efficacy expression, etc.), and therefore, extremely useful as a medicament.
  • the specific rotation means, for example, a specific rotation measured using a polarimeter (JASCO, P-1030 polarimeter (No. AP-2)) and the like.
  • the melting point means that measured using, for example, a micromelting point apparatus (Yanako, MP-500D) or a DSC (differential scanning calorimetry) device (SEIKO, EXSTAR6000) and the like.
  • the peak by a powder X-ray diffraction means that measured using, for example, RINT
  • the melting points and the peak by a powder X-ray diffraction vary depending on the measurement apparatuses, the measurement conditions and the like.
  • the crystal in the present specification may show different values from the melting point or the peak by a powder X-ray diffraction described in the present specification vary depending on the measurement apparatuses, as long as they are within each of a general error range.
  • the compound of the present invention has excellent antagonistic action for a tachykinin receptor, particularly substance P receptor antagonistic action including inhibitory action for the increased permeability of blood vessel of a trachea induced by capsaicin, neurokinin A receptor antagonistic action.
  • the compound of the present invention has low toxicity and thus it is safe.
  • the compound of the present invention having excellent antagonistic action for substance P receptors and neurokinin A receptors, etc. can be used as a safe medicine for preventing and treating the following diseases related to substance P in mammals (e.g., mice, rats, hamsters, rabbits, cats, dogs, bovines, sheep, monkeys, humans, etc.).
  • mammals e.g., mice, rats, hamsters, rabbits, cats, dogs, bovines, sheep, monkeys, humans, etc.
  • Lower urinary tract symptoms for example, dysuria such as an overactive bladder, lower urinary tract symptoms associated with benign prostatic hyperplasia, a pelvic visceral pain, lower urinary tract symptoms associated with chronic prostatitis, lower urinary tract symptoms associated with interstitial cystitis and the like
  • Digestive organ diseases for example, an irritable bowel syndrome, inflammatory bowel disease, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, diseases caused by a spiral urease-positive gram-negative bacterium (e.g., Helicobacter pylori, etc.) (e.g., gastritis, gastric ulcer, etc.), gastric cancer, postgastrostomy disorder, indigestion, esophageal ulcer, pancreatitis, polyp of the colon, cholelithiasis, hemorrhoids, peptic ulcer, situational ileitis, vomiting, nausea, etc.]
  • Inflammatory or allergic diseases for example, allergic rhinitis, conjunctivitis, gastrointestinal allergy, pollinosis, anaphylaxis, dermatitis, herpes, psoriasis, bronchitis, expectoration, retinopathy, postoperative and posttraumatic inflammation, puffiness, pharyngitis, cystitis, meningitidis, inflammatory ophthalmic diseases, etc.
  • Osteoarthropathy diseases for example, rheumatoid arthritis (chronic rheumatoid arthritis) , arthritis deformans, rheumatoid myelitis, osteoporosis, abnormal growth of cells, bone fracture, bone refracture, osteomalacia, osteopenia, Paget' s disease of bone, rigid myelitis, articular tissue destruction by gonarthrosis deformans and similar diseases thereto, etc.
  • Respiratory diseases for example, cold syndrome, pneumonia, asthma, pulmonary hypertension, pulmonary thrombi/pulmonary obliteration, pulmonary sarcoidosis, pulmonary tuberculosis, interstitial pneumonia, silicosis, adult respiratory distress syndrome, chronic obstructive pulmonary diseases, cough, etc.
  • HIV infectious diseases virus infectious diseases due to cytomegalo virus, influenza virus, herpes virus and the like, rickettsia infectious diseases, bacterial infectious diseases, sexually-transmitted diseases, carinii pneumonia, helicobacter pylori infectious disease, systemic fungal infectious diseases, tuberculosis, invasive staphylococcal infectious diseases, acute viral encephalitis, acute bacterial meningitidis, AIDS encephalitis, septicemia, sepsis, sepsis gravis, septic shock, endotoxin shock, toxic shock syndromes, etc.]
  • Cancers for example, primary, metastatic or recurrent breast cancer, prostatic cancer, pancreatic cancer, gastric cancer, lung cancer, colorectal cancer (colon cancer, rectal cancer, anal cancer) , esophagus cancer, duodenal cancer, head and neck cancer (tongue cancer, pharynx cancer, larynx cancer) , brain tumor, neurinoma, non-small cell lung cancer, small cell lung cancer, hepatic cancer, renal cancer, colic cancer, uterine cancer (cancer of the uterine body, uterine cervical cancer) , ovarian cancer, bladder cancer, skin cancer, hemangioma, malignant lymphoma, malignant melanoma, thyroid cancer, bone tumor, angiofibroma, retinosarcoma, penis cancer, pediatric solid cancer, Kaposi's sarcoma, Kaposi's sarcoma caused by AIDS, tumor of the maxillary sinus, fibrous histiocytoma, smooth muscle
  • Central nerve diseases for example, neurodegenerative diseases (e.g., Alzheimer's disease, Down's disease,
  • Parkinson's disease Creutzfeldt-Jakob' s disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS) , Huntington chorea, diabetic neuropathy, multiple sclerosis, etc.
  • mental diseases e.g., schizophrenia, depression, mania, anxiety neurosis, obsessive- compulsive neurosis, panic disorder, epilepsy, alcohol dependence, an anxiety symptom, anxious mental state, etc.
  • central and peripheral nerve disorders e.g., head trauma, spinal cord injury, brain edema, disorders of sensory function, abnormality of sensory function, disorders of autonomic nervous function and abnormality of autonomic nervous function, whiplash injury, etc.
  • memory disorders e.g., senile dementia, amnesia, cerebrovascular dementia, etc.
  • cerebrovascular disorders e.g., disorders and aftereffect and/or complication from intracerebral hemorrhage, brain infarction, etc., asymptomatic cerebro-vascular accident, transient cerebral ischemic attack
  • Circulatory diseases for example, acute coronary artery syndromes (e.g., acute cardiac infarction, unstable angina, etc.), peripheral arterial obstruction, Raynaud's disease, Buerger disease, restenosis after coronary-artery intervention (percutaneous transluminal coronary angioplasty (PTCA), directional coronary atherectomy (DCA), stenting, etc.), restenosis after coronary-artery bypass operation, restenosis after intervention (angioplasty, atherectomy, stenting, etc.) or bypass operation in other peripheral artery, ischemic cardiac diseases (e.g., cardiac infarction, angina, etc.), myocarditis, intermittent claudication, lacunar infarction, arteriosclerosis (e.g., atherosclerosis, etc.), cardiac failure (acute cardiac failure, chronic cardiac failure accompanied by congestion) , arrhythmia, progress of atherosclerotic plaque, thrombosis, hypertension, hypertensive tinnitus, hypotension, etc.]
  • Hepatic diseases e.g., hepatitis (including chronic hepatitis), cirrhosis, interstitial hepatic diseases, etc.
  • Pancreatic diseases e.g., pancreatitis (including chronic pancreatitis) , etc.
  • Renal diseases e.g., nephritis, glomerulonephritis, glomerulosclerosis, renal failure, thrombotic microangiopathy, dialysis complications, organ disorders including nephropathia by radiation, diabetic nephropathia, etc.
  • Metabolic diseases e.g., diabetic diseases (insulin- dependent diabetes, diabetic complications, diabetic retinopathy, diabetic microangiopathy, diabetic neuropathy, etc.), glucose tolerance abnormality, obesity, benign prostatic hyperplasia, sexual dysfunction, etc.]
  • Endocrine diseases e.g., Addison's disease, Cushing's syndrome, melanocytoma, primary aldosteronism, etc.
  • Transplant rejection e.g., posttransplantational rejection, posttransplantational polycythemia, hypertension, organ disorder and/or vascular hypertrophy, graft-versus-host disease, etc.
  • Abnormality in characteristic of blood and/or blood components e.g., enhancement in platelet aggregation, abnormality of erythrocyte deformability, enhancement in leukocyte adhesiveness, increase in blood viscosity, polycythemia, vascular peliosis, autoimmune hemolytic anemia, disseminated intravascular coagulation syndrome (DIC), multiple myelopathy, etc.
  • Gynecologic diseases e.g., climacteric disorder, gestational toxicosis, endometriosis, hysteromyoma, ovarian disease, mammary disease, etc.
  • Dermatic diseases e.g., keloid, angioma, psoriasis, pruritus, etc. .
  • Ophthalmic diseases e.g., glaucoma, ocular hypertension disease, etc.
  • Otolaryngological diseases e.g., Menuel syndrome, tinnitus, gustation disorder, dizziness, disequilibrium, dysphagia, etc.
  • the compounds of the present invention are particularly useful as tachykinin receptor antagonists, an agent for improving lower urinary tract symptoms such as urinary frequency, urinary incontinence and the like and a therapeutic drug for the above-mentioned lower urinary tract symptoms .
  • compositions comprising compound of the present invention may be in any solid forms of powders, granules, tablets, capsules, suppositories, etc., and in any liquid forms of syrups, emulsions, injections, suspensions, etc.
  • the pharmaceutical preparations comprising compound of the present invention can be produced by any conventional methods, for example, blending, kneading, granulation, tabletting, coating, sterilization, emulsification, etc., in accordance with the forms of the preparations to be produced.
  • any conventional methods for example, blending, kneading, granulation, tabletting, coating, sterilization, emulsification, etc.
  • each of the items in General Rules for Preparations in the Japanese Pharmacopoeia can be made reference to.
  • the pharmaceutical preparations of the present invention may be formulated into a sustained release preparation containing active ingredients and biodegradable polymer compounds.
  • the sustained release preparation can be produced according to the method described in JP-A-9-263545.
  • the content of the compound of the present invention or a salt thereof varies depending on the forms of the preparations, but is generally in a range of about 0.01 to 100 % by weight, preferably about 0.1 to 50 % by weight, more preferably 0.5 to 20 % by weight, relative to the total weight of each preparation.
  • the compound of the present invention when used in the above-mentioned pharmaceutical preparations, it may be used alone, or in admixture with a suitable, pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for example, excipients (e.g., starch, lactose, sucrose, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate, etc.), binders (e.g., starch, arabic gum, carboxymethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, crystalline cellulose, alginic acid, gelatin, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, etc.), lubricants (e.g., stearic acid, magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, talc, etc.), disintegrants (e.g., calcium carboxymethylcellulose, talc, etc.), diluents (e.g., water for injection, physiological saline, etc.) and if desired, with the additives (e.g., a stabilizer, a preservative, a colorant, a fragrance,
  • It can be formulated into the solid preparations such as powders, fine granules, granules, tablets, capsules, etc., or into the liquid preparations such as injections, etc., and can be administered non-parenterally or parenterally.
  • the dose of the pharmaceutical preparation of the present invention varies depending on the kinds of the compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, the administration route, the condition and the age of patients, etc.
  • the dose for oral administration of the pharmaceutical preparation to an adult patient suffering from dysuria is generally from about 0.005 to 50 mg/kg body/day, preferably from about 0.05 to 10 mg/kg body/day, more preferably from about 0.2 to 4 mg/kg body/day, in terms of the compound of the present invention, which may be administered once a day or in two or three divided portions a day.
  • the dose when the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention is a sustained release preparation varies depending on the kinds and the content of compound (I), the formulation, the duration time of drug release, the animals to be administered (e.g., mammals such as humans, rats, mice, cats, dogs, rabbits, bovines, pigs, etc.), and the purpose of administration.
  • the animals to be administered e.g., mammals such as humans, rats, mice, cats, dogs, rabbits, bovines, pigs, etc.
  • the purpose of administration e.g., when it is applied by parenteral administration, preferably about 0.1 to about 100 mg of compound (I) is released from the preparation for 1 week.
  • the compound of the present invention can be used in a mixture or combination with other pharmaceutically active ingredients at a suitable ratio.
  • Combination of the compound of the present invention with other pharmaceutically active ingredients can give the following excellent effects: (1) a dose can be reduced as compared with separate administration of the compound of the present invention or other pharmaceutically active ingredients. More specifically, when the compound of the present invention is combined with anticholinergic agents or NK-2 receptor antagonists, the dose can be reduced as compared with separate administration of anticholinergic agents or NK-2 receptor antagonists, and therefore, side effects such as dry mouth can be reduced;
  • a drug to be combined with the compound of the present invention can be selected;
  • the therapeutic period can be designed longer; (4) by choosing other pharmaceutically active ingredients which have different mechanism of action from that of the compound of the present invention, continuation of therapeutic effects can be obtained; and (5) by combining the compound of the present invention and other pharmaceutically active ingredients, excellent effects such as synergic effects can be obtained.
  • a drug which is mixed or combined with the compound of the present invention includes the following: (1) Agent for treating diabetes
  • Insulin preparations e.g., animal insulin preparations extracted from the bovine or swine pancreas; human insulin preparations synthesized by a genetic engineering technique using Escherichia coli or a yeast; insulin zinc; protamine zinc insulin; a fragment or a derivative of insulin (e.g., INS-I, etc.), insulin sensitizers (e.g., pioglitazone hydrochloride, troglitazone, rosiglitazone or its maleate, JTT-501, MCC-555, YM-440, GI-262570, KRP-297, FK-614, CS-OIl, etc.), ⁇ -glucosidase inhibitors (e.g., voglibose, acarbose, miglitol, emiglitate, etc.), biguanides (e.g., phenformin, metformin, buformin, etc.), sulfonylureas (e
  • Aldose reductase inhibitors e.g., tolrestat, epalrestat, zenarestat, zopolrestat, fidarestat (SNK-860), minalrestat (ARI-509) , CT-112, etc.
  • neurotrophic factors e.g., NGF, NT- 3, etc.
  • AGE inhibitors e.g., ALT-945, pimagedine, pyratoxathine, N-phenacylthiazolium bromide (ALT-766) , EXO- 226, etc.
  • active oxygen scavengers e.g., thioctic acid, etc.
  • cerebral vasodilators e.g., tiapuride, etc.
  • Statin compounds inhibiting cholesterol synthesis e.g., pravastatin, simvastatin, lovastatin, atorvastatin, fluvastatin, cerivastatin or their salts (e.g., sodium salt, etc.), etc.
  • squalene synthase inhibitors or fibrate compounds having triglyceride lowering action e.g., bezafibrate, clofibrate, simfibrate, clinofibrate, etc.
  • Angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors e.g., captopril, enalapril, delapril, etc.
  • angiotensin II antagonists e.g., losartan, candesartan cilexetil, etc.
  • calcium antagonists e.g., manidipine, nifedipine, amlodipine, efonidipine, nicardipine, etc.
  • clonidine and the like.
  • Antiobesity drugs acting on the central nervous system e.g. dexfenfluramine, fenfluramine, phentermine, sibutramine, anfepramone, dexamphetamine, mazindol, phenylpropanolamine, clobenzorex, etc.
  • pancreatic lipase inhibitors e.g. orlistat, etc.
  • ⁇ 3 agonists e.g. CL-316243, SR-58611-A, UL- TG-307, AJ-9677, AZ40140, etc.
  • anorectic peptides e.g.
  • Xanthine derivatives e.g., theobromine sodium salicylate, theobromine calcium salicylate, etc.
  • thiazide preparations e.g., ethiazide, cyclopenthiazide, trichlormethiazide, hydrochlorothiazide, hydroflumethiazide, benzylhydrochlorothiazide, penflutizide, polythiazide, methyclothiazide, etc.
  • antialdosterone preparations e.g., spironolactone, triamterene, etc.
  • Alkylating agents e.g., cyclophosphamide, ifosamide, etc.
  • metabolic antagonists e.g., methotrexate, 5- fluorouracil, etc.
  • antitumor antibiotics e.g., mitomycin, adriamycin, etc.
  • plant-derived antitumor agents e.g., vincristine, vindesine, taxol, etc.
  • cisplatin carboplatin, etoposide, etc.
  • 5-fluorouracil derivatives such as Furtulon and Neo-Furtulon are preferred.
  • Microorganism- or bacterium-derived components e.g., muramyl dipeptide derivatives, Picibanil, etc.
  • immunopotentiator polysaccharides e.g., lentinan, schizophyllan, krestin, etc.
  • genetically engineered cytokines e.g., interferons, interleukins (IL), etc.
  • colony stimulating factors e.g., granulocyte colony stimulating factor, erythropoietin, etc.
  • IL-I, IL-2, IL-12, etc. are preferred.
  • Progesterone derivatives e.g., megestrol acetate
  • metoclopramide pharmaceuticals e.g., tetrahydrocannabinol pharmaceuticals (the above references are applied to both)
  • fat metabolism ameliorating agents e.g., eicosapentanoic acid
  • growth hormones IGF-I
  • antibodies to the cachexia- inducing factors such as TNF- ⁇ , LIF, IL-6 and oncostatin M.
  • Steroids e.g., dexamethasone, etc.
  • sodium hyaluronate e.g., sodium hyaluronate
  • cyclooxygenase inhibitors e.g., indomethacin, ketoprofen, loxoprofen, meloxicam, ampiroxicam, celecoxib, rofecoxib, etc.
  • Glycosylation inhibitors e.g., ALT-711, etc.
  • nerve regeneration promoting drugs e.g., Y-128, VX853, prosaptide, etc.
  • drugs acting on the central nervous system e.g., antidepressants such as desipramine, amitriptyline, imipramine, fluoxetine, paroxetine, doxepin, duloxetine, venlafaxine, etc.
  • anticonvulsants e.g., lamotrigine, carbamazepine, gabapentin
  • antiarrhythmic drugs e.g., mexiletine
  • acetylcholine receptor ligands e.g., ABT-594
  • endothelin receptor antagonists e.g., ABT-627
  • monoamine uptake inhibitors e.g., tramadol
  • indoleamine uptake inhibitors e.g., fluoxetine, paroxetine
  • Anticholinergic agents include, for example, atropine, scopolamine, homatropine, tropicamide, cyclopentolate, butylscopolamine bromide, propantheline bromide, methylbenactyzium bromide, mepenzolate bromide, pirenzepine, ipratropium bromide, trihexyphenidyl, oxybutynin, propiverine, darifenacin, tolterodine, solifenacin, temiverine, trospium chloride or a salt thereof (e.g., atropine sulfate, scopolamine hydrogen bromide, homatropine hydrogen bromide, cyclopentolate hydrochloride, pirenzepine hydrochloride, trihexyphenidyl hydrochloride, oxybutynin hydrochloride, tolterodine tartrate, solifenacin succinate, etc.) ?
  • oxybutynin preferably, oxybutynin, propiverine, darifenacin, tolterodine, solifenacin, temiverine, trospium chloride or a salt thereof (e.g., oxybutynin hydrochloride, tolterodine tartrate, solifenacin succinate, etc.).
  • acetylcholinesterase inhibitors e.g., distigmine, etc.
  • NK-2 receptor antagonists include, for example, a piperidine derivative such as GR159897, GR149861, SR48968 (saredutant) , SR144190, YM35375, YM38336, ZD7944, L-743986, MDL105212A, ZD6021, MDL105172A, SCH205528, SCH62373, R-113281, etc., a perhydroisoindole derivative such as RPR-106145, etc., a quinoline derivative such as SB-414240, etc., a pyrrolopyrimidine derivative such as ZM-253270, etc., a pseudopeptide derivative such as MEN11420 (nepadutant) , SCH217048, L-659877, PD-147714 (CAM-2291), MEN10376, S16474, etc., and others such as GR100679, DNK333, GR94800, UK-224671, MEN10376, MEN10627,
  • composition comprising a mixture or combination of the compound of the present invention and the combination drugs may be formulated into
  • the combination preparation of the present invention can be formulated by mixing the compound of the present invention and active ingredients of the combination drugs separately or at the same time as itself or with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers in the same manner as in the method of producing the pharmaceutical preparation comprising the compound of the present invention.
  • a daily dose of the combination preparation of the present invention varies depending on severity of the symptoms, age, sex, weight and sensitivity of the subject to be administered, time and interval of administration, property, formulation and kinds of pharmaceutical preparation, kinds of active ingredients, etc., and is not particularly limited.
  • the dose in terms of the compound of the present invention is not particularly limited if it causes no problems of side effects.
  • a daily dosage is usually in a range of about 0.005 to 100 mg, preferably about 0.05 to 50 mg, and more preferably about 0.2 to 30 mg, per 1 kg body weight of mammals, which may be administered once a day or in two or three divided portions a day.
  • the dose of the compound or the combination preparation of the present invention may be set within the range such that it causes no problems of side effects.
  • the daily dose as the compound or the combination preparation of the present invention varies depending on severity of symptoms, age, sex, weight and sensitivity of the subject to be administered, time and interval of administration, property, formulation and kinds of pharmaceutical preparation, kinds of active ingredients, etc., and is not particularly limited.
  • a daily dosage in terms of active ingredients is usually in a range of about 0.001 to 2000 mg, preferably about 0.01 to 500 mg, and more preferably about 0.1 to 100 mg, per 1 kg body weight of mammals, which may be - administered once a day or in two to four divided portions a day.
  • the compound of the present invention and the combination drugs may be administered at the same time or, the combination drugs may be administered before administering the compound of the present invention, and vice versa.
  • the time interval varies depending on the active ingredients to be administered, a formulation and an administration route.
  • the combination drugs may be administered 1 minute to 3 days, preferably 10 minutes to 1 day, more preferably 15 minutes to 1 hour after administering the combination drugs.
  • the combination drugs may be administered 1 minute to 1 day, preferably 10 minutes to 6 hours, more preferably 15 minutes to 1 hour after administering the compound of the present invention.
  • the combination preparation of the present invention the content of the compound of the present invention varies depending on the forms of the preparation, but usually in the order of 0.01 to 100 wt%, preferably 0.1 to 50 wt%, and further preferably 0.5 to 20 wt%, relative to the total preparation.
  • NMR nuclear magnetic resonance Hz: hertz coupling constant m multiplet quartet triplet doublet singlet br: broad dt : double triplet brs: broad singlet t Bu: tert-butyl group Boc: tert-butyloxycarbonyl group Rt: retention time N: normal concentration MPa: mega pascal wt%: percent by weight DMF: N, N-dimethylformamide THF: tetrahydrofuran DMSO: dimethyl sulfoxide IPE: diisopropyl ether
  • Pd (PPh 3 ) 4 tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium
  • Measurement instrument LC-MS system, Waters Corporation
  • HPLC part HPlIOO, Agilent Technologies, Inc.
  • Solvent Solution A; 0.05% TFA-containing water, Solution
  • 3-Phenylpiperidin-4-one monohydrochloride (10.58 g) , Et 3 N (5.06 g) and WSC-HCl (11.50 g) were successively added thereto, and the mixture was stirred at 50 0 C for 2 hr. After allowing to cool to 25°C, brine/3N hydrochloric acid (1:1) (40 mL) was added to partition the mixture.
  • the aqueous layer was extracted again with acetonitrile (60 mL) .
  • the organic layers were combined, and the mixture was washed twice successively with brine/5N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (1:1) (40 mL) and brine (40 mL) .
  • the organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure, and azeotropically concentrated with ethyl acetate.
  • Ethyl acetate (150 mL) and silica gel (10 g) were added to the residue.
  • the mixture was heated to 7O 0 C and stirred for 30 min.
  • the mixture was heated, and the silica gel was filtered off and washed twice with ethyl acetate (100 mL) .
  • a reduction reaction was carried out at 5O 0 C under a hydrogen pressure of 0.5-1 MPa until the hydrogen absorption ceased.
  • the reaction mixture was filtered with pressurization in a nitrogen stream, and the Raney-nickel catalyst was washed twice with ethanol (10 mL) .
  • the filtrate and washings were concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • Water (100 mL) was added to the residue and the mixture was refluxed for 30 min. After cooling to room temperature, seed crystals were added and the mixture was stirred for 2 hr. The precipitated crystals were collected by filtration, and washed twice with water (50 mL) .
  • Step 2 Using the compound obtained in Step 1 and 4- cyanophenylboronic acid, the title compound was obtained in the same manner as in the method described in Reference
  • Step 4 Using the compound obtained in Step 3 and (4- cyanophenyl) boronic acid, the title compound was obtained in the same manner as in the method described in Reference
  • Step 1 To a solution of 5-bromosalicylaldehyde (6.03 g) and 2,6- lutidine (5.2 rtiL) in methylene chloride (100 mL) was added triisopropylsilyl trifl ⁇ oromethanesulfonate (9.7 mL) at -78°C, and the mixture was stirred at -30 0 C for 3 hr. A saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution was added to the 5 reaction mixture, and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated.
  • Step 2 Using the compound obtained in Step 1 and (4- cyanophenyl) boronic acid, the title compound was obtained in the same manner as in the method described in Reference Example 3.
  • Step 1 4- (7-formyl-2, 3-dihydro-l-benzofuran-5-yl) benzonitrile (Step 1) To a solution of 2, 3-dihydrobenzofuran (6.0 g) in acetonitrile (150 mL) was added N-bromosuccinimide (9.8 g) at O 0 C, and the mixture was stirred at 0 0 C for 2 hr. Water was poured into the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated.
  • Step 1 Using 5-bromosalicylaldehyde and 4-cyanophenylboronic acid, crude 3' -formyl-4' -hydroxybiphenyl-4-carbonitrile was obtained in the same manner as in the method described in Reference Example 3. The obtained crude product was used in the next step without further purification. (Step 2)
  • Step 1 To a solution of 3' -formyl-4' -methoxybiphenyl-4- carbonitrile (0.47 g) synthesized by a known method (WO02/26710) in THF (10 mL) was added a 3M methylmagnesium bromide/diethyl ether solution (1 mL) at -78 0 C, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hr. Water was poured into the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated.
  • Example 2 tert-butyl (3R, 4S) -4- ⁇ [ (4 ' -cyano-4-methoxybiphenyl-3- yl ) methyl ] amino ⁇ -3-phenylpiperidine-l-carboxylate MS(ESI+ ) : 498 (M+H)
  • Example 3 tert-butyl (3R, 4S) -4- ⁇ [ (4' -cyano-2' -fluoro-4-methoxybiphenyl- 3-yl) methyl] amino ⁇ -3-phenylpiperidine-l-carboxylate MS (ESI+) : 516 (M+H)
  • Example 2 To a solution of the compound (1.2 g) obtained in Example 1 in ethanol (10 mL) was added a 4N hydrogen ,chloride/ethyl acetate (10 mL) solution, and the mixture was stirred under heating at 6O 0 C for 4 hr. The reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness and recrystallized from ethanol/ethyl acetate/IPE to give the title compound (890 mg, 84%) as white crystals.
  • Example 5 Using the compounds obtained in Examples 2-3, the compounds of Examples 5-6 were obtained in the same manner as in the method described in Example 4.
  • Example 5 Using the compounds obtained in Examples 2-3, the compounds of Examples 5-6 were obtained in the same manner as in the method described in Example 4.
  • Example 5 Using the compounds obtained in Examples 2-3, the compounds of Examples 5-6 were obtained in the same manner as in the method described in Example 4.
  • Example 5 Using the compounds obtained in Examples 2-3, the compounds of Examples 5-6 were obtained in the same manner as in the method described in Example 4. Example 5
  • Example 8 Using the compound obtained in Reference Example 1 and the respectively corresponding benzaldehyde derivatives (the compound obtained in Reference Example 3 for Example 8, the compound obtained in Reference Example 4 for Example 9, 3'- formyl-4 ' -methoxybiphenyl-4-carbonitrile synthesized by a known method (WO02/26710) for Example 10, and 2-fluoro-3'- formyl-4' -methoxybiphenyl-4-carbonitrile synthesized by a known method (WO02/26710) for Example 11), the compounds of Examples 8-11 were obtained in the same manner as in the method described in Example 7 (the compounds of Examples 8 and 9 were respectively treated with 1 equivalent of hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate and isolated as hydrochlorides).
  • Example 13 Using the compound obtained in Reference Example 2 and the respectively corresponding commercially available phenylboronic acid derivatives, the compounds of Examples 13- 18 were obtained in the same manner as in the method described in Example 12.
  • Example 13 Using the compound obtained in Reference Example 2 and the respectively corresponding commercially available phenylboronic acid derivatives, the compounds of Examples 13- 18 were obtained in the same manner as in the method described in Example 12.
  • Example 13 Using the compound obtained in Reference Example 2 and the respectively corresponding commercially available phenylboronic acid derivatives, the compounds of Examples 13- 18 were obtained in the same manner as in the method described in Example 12.
  • Example 1 (409 mg) , 3' -formyl-4' -methoxybiphenyl-2- carbonitrile (237 mg) synthesized by a known method
  • Example 20 For Example 23, the compound obtained in Reference Example 8 for Example 24, and the compound obtained in Reference Example 7 for Example 25) , the compounds of Examples 20-25 were obtained in the same manner as in the method described in Example 19.
  • Example 20
  • Example 27 Using the compound obtained in Reference Example 9 and 1- bromo-3, 5-bis (trifluoromethyl) benzene, the compound of Example 27 was obtained in the same manner as in the method described in Example 26 (the treatment with 1 equivalent of hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate was not performed, and the compound was obtained in a free form) .
  • MS(ESI+) 608 (M+H)
  • Example 28 tert-butyl [2- ( (3R, 4S) -4- ⁇ [ (4 ' -cyano-4-methoxybiphenyl-3- yl) methyl] amino ⁇ -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl) -2-oxoethyl] carbamate
  • Example 4 Et 3 N (154 mg) and methoxyacetic acid (103 mg) in DMF (5 mL) were added WSC-HCl (218 mg) and HOBt-H 2 O (175 mg) , and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 8 hr. Water was poured into the reaction mixture, and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and brine and dried over magnesium sulfate, and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure.
  • Example 31 (these compounds were not treated with 1 equivalent of hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate, and obtained in free forms) .
  • Example 32 4 ' -methoxy-3' -( ⁇ [ (3R, 4S)-I- (methoxyacetyl) -3-phenylpiperidin- 4-yl] amino ⁇ methyl) biphenyl-4-carbonitrile MS(ESI+) : 470 (M+H)
  • Example 39 4'-methoxy-3'- ⁇ [ ( (3R, 4S) -1- ⁇ [ 1- (methylsulfonyl) piperidin-4- yl] carbonyl ⁇ -3-phenylpiperidin-4-yl) amino] methyl ⁇ biphenyl-4- carbonitrile
  • Example 40 N- (2- ⁇ 4- [ ( (3R, 4S) -4- ⁇ [ (4' -cyano-4-methoxybiphenyl-3- yl) methyl] amino ⁇ -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl) carbonyl] piperidin-1- yl ⁇ -2-oxoethyl ) acetamide monohydrochloride
  • Example 41 Using the compound obtained in Example 5 and the respectively corresponding carboxylic acid derivatives (commercially available carboxylic acid derivatives for Examples 41 and 43, 2, 6-dioxopiperidine-4-carboxylic acid synthesized by a known method (e.g., Journal of Organic Chemistry (1973), 38(14), pp. 2489-96) for Example 42, (5-oxo- 4, 5-dihydro-lH-l, 2, 4-triazol-3-yl) acetic acid synthesized by a known method (e.g., Australian Journal of Chemistry (1979), 32(1), pp. 161-5) for Example 44), the compounds of Examples 41-44 were obtained in the same manner as in the method described in Example 31 (these compounds were not treated with 1 equivalent of hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate, and obtained in free forms) .
  • Example 41 Example 41
  • Example 5 and Et 3 N (206 ⁇ L) in THF (5 mL) was added methyl chloroformate (34 ⁇ L) , and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hr.
  • the reaction mixture was poured into water, and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate.
  • the organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and brine and dried, and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure.
  • the obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography
  • Example 5 in THF (5 mL) was added methyl isocyanate (38 ⁇ L) , and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hr.
  • the reaction mixture was poured into water, and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate.
  • the organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and brine and dried, and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure.
  • the obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent gradient; ' 50—>70% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give the title compound (40 mg, 24%) as white crystals.
  • MS(ESI+) 455(M+H)
  • Example 54 N- [2- ( (3R,4S)-4- ⁇ [ (4'-chloro-4-methoxy-2'-methylbiphenyl-3- yl) methyl] amino ⁇ -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl) -2-oxoethyl] acetamide Using the compound obtained in Reference Example 1 and the compound obtained in Reference Example 17, the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in Example 7.
  • Example 66 The same conditions as described in Example 64.
  • Example 66 The same conditions as described in Example 64.
  • Example 5 Using the compound obtained in Example 5 and glycolic acid, the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in Example 79.
  • Example 86 4- [ ⁇ (3R, 4S) -4- ⁇ [ (4' -cyano-4-methoxybiphenyl-3- yl) methyl] amino ⁇ -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl ⁇ carbonyl] -N, N- dimethylpiperidine-1-carboxamide
  • Example 87 Using the compound obtained in Example 38 and dimethylcarbamoyl chloride, the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in Example 83. MS(ESI+) : 580 (M+H) Example 87
  • Example 89 Using the compound obtained in Example 89, the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in Example 4.
  • Example 90 Using the compound obtained in Example 90 and acetylglycine, the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in Example 79.
  • Example 93 Using the compound obtained in Example 93, the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in Example 4.
  • Example 96 The compound (78 mg) obtained in Example 96 was treated with 1 equivalent of 4N hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate (0.1 mL) , and crystallized from ethyl acetate/IPE to give the title compound.
  • Example 94 Using the compound obtained in Example 94 and (2,5- dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl) acetic acid synthesized by a known method (Journal of the Chemical Society, Perkin Transactions 1: Organic and Bio-Organic Chemistry (1972-1999) (1988), (12), 3175-82) , the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in Example 79.
  • MS(ESI+) : 610 (M+H)
  • Example 100 2-fluoro-3' - ( ⁇ [ (3R, 4S) -l-glycoloyl-3-phenylpiperidin-4- yl] amino ⁇ methyl) -4' - (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-4-carbonitrile
  • Example 108 Using the compound obtained in Example 94 and the compound obtained in Step 1, the reaction and purification were performed in the same manner as in the method described in Example 79. The obtained product was treated with 1 equivalent of hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate to give the title compound. MS(ESI+): 652(M-HC1+H) Example 108
  • Example 109 Using the compound obtained in Example 94 and oxalic acid mono- (N-methyl) -amide, the reaction and purification were performed in the same manner as in the method described in Example 79. The obtained product was treated with 1 equivalent of hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate to give the title compound. MS(ESI+) : 555(M-HC1+H) Example 109
  • Example 110 (3R,4S)-4-( ⁇ [4' -cyano-2' -fluoro-4- (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl- 3-yl ] methyl ⁇ amino) -N-methyl-3-phenylpiperidine-l-carboxamide
  • Example 111 Using the compound obtained in Example 94 and methyl isocyanate, the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in Example 83. MS(ESI+) : 527 (M+H) Example 111
  • Example 113 Using the compound obtained in Example 94 and the compound obtained in Step 1, the reaction and purification were performed in the same manner as in the method described in Example 79. The obtained product was treated with 1 equivalent of hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate to give the title compound. MS(ESI+) : 663(M-HC1+H) Example 113
  • Example 94 Using the compound obtained in Example 94 and (2,4-dioxo- 1, 3-diazaspiro [4.4 ] non-3-yl) acetic acid, the reaction and purification were performed in the same manner as in the method described in Example 79. The obtained product was treated with 1 equivalent of hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate to give the title compound.
  • the obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent gradient; 50->100% ethyl • acetate/hexane) .
  • the obtained product was treated with 1 equivalent of hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate to give the title compound.
  • Example 115 Using the compound obtained in Example 115 and 2,6- dioxopiperidine-4-carboxylic acid, the reaction and purification were performed in the same manner as in the method described in Example 79. The obtained product was treated with 1 equivalent of hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate to give the title compound.
  • Example 115 Using the compound obtained in Example 115 and 1- acetylpiperidine-4-carboxylic acid, the reaction and purification were performed in the same manner as in the method described in Example 79. The obtained product was treated with 1 equivalent of hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate to give the title compound.
  • Example 125 Using the compound obtained in Example 125 and (5,5- dimethyl-2, 4-dioxo-l, 3-oxazolidin-3-yl) acetic acid, the reaction and purification were performed in the same manner as in the method described in Example 79. The obtained product was treated with 1 equivalent of hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate to give the title compound.
  • Example 125 Using the compound obtained in Example 125 and 2,6- dioxopiperidine-4-carboxylic acid, the reaction and purification were performed in the same manner as in the method described in Example 79. The obtained product was treated with 1 equivalent of hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate to give the title compound.
  • Example 125 Using the compound obtained in Example 125 and 1- acetylpiperidine-4-carboxylic acid, the reaction and purification were performed in the same manner as in the method described in Example 79. The obtained product was treated with 1 equivalent of hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate to give the title compound.

Abstract

The present invention relates to a compounds represented by the formula. The compounds of the present invention have a superior tachykinin receptor antagonistic action, particularly a substance P receptor antagonistic action, and is useful as pharmaceutical agents, for example, tachykinin receptor antagonists, agents for the prophylaxis or treatment of lower urinary tract symptoms, gastrointestinal diseases or central nerve diseases.

Description

DESCRIPTION
PIPERIDINE DERIVATIVE AS TACHYKININ RECEPTOR ANTAGONIST
Technical Field
The present invention relates to a novel piperidine derivative having excellent antagonistic action for a tachykinin receptor and use thereof.
Background Art
Tachykinin is a generic term for a group of neuropeptides. Substance P (SP), neurokinin A and neurokinin B are known in mammals, and these peptides are known to bind to the corresponding receptors (neurokinin-1, neurokinin-2 and neurokinin-3) that exist in a living body and thereby to exhibit various biological activities.
Of such neuropeptides, SP has the longest history and has been studied in detail. In 1931, the existence of SP in the extract from equine intestines was confirmed, and in 1971, its structure was determined. SP is a peptide consisting of 11 amino acids.
SP is broadly distributed over the central and peripheral nervous systems, and has various physiological activities such as vasodilation, enhancement of vascular extravasation, contraction of smooth muscles, excitation of neurons, salivation, enhancement of diuresis, immunological enhancement and the like, in addition to the function as a transmitter substance for primary sensory neurons. In particular, it is known that SP released from the terminal of the spinal (dorsal) horn due to a pain impulse transmits the information of pain to secondary neurons, and that SP released from the peripheral terminal induces an inflammatory response in the receptor thereof. Thus, it is considered that SP is involved in various disorders (e.g., pain, headache, particularly migraine, Alzheimer's disease, multiple sclerosis, cardiovascular modulation, chronic inflammatory diseases such as chronic rheumatic arthritis, respiratory diseases including asthma or allergic rhinitis, intestinal inflammatory diseases including ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease, ocular damage and ocular inflammatory diseases, proliferative vitreous retinopathy, an irritable bowel syndrome, urinary frequency, psychosis, vomiting, etc.) [see, for example, Physiological Reviews, Vol. 73, pp. 229-308 (1993); Journal of Autonomic Pharmacology, Vol. 13, pp. 23-93 (1993)].
At present, the following compounds are known as those having antagonistic action for SP receptors.
EP-A-436,334 discloses a compound represented by the formula
Figure imgf000003_0001
and the like,
WO92/17449 discloses a compound represented by the formula
Figure imgf000003_0002
and the like,
WO95/16679 discloses a compound represented by the formula
Figure imgf000004_0001
and the like, and
JP-A-9-263585 discloses a heterocyclic compound represented by the formula
Figure imgf000004_0002
wherein Ring M is a heterocyclic ring wherein
X—Y< is one of -N=C<, -CO-N< or -CS-N</ Ra and Rb are bonded to each other to form Ring A, or they are the same or different and represent, independently, a hydrogen atom or a substituent on the Ring M; Ring A and Ring B represent, independently, an optionally substituted homocyclic or heterocyclic ring, with the proviso that at least one of them is an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring; Ring C is an optionally substituted homocyclic or heterocyclic ring; Ring Z is an optionally substituted nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring; and n is an integer from 1 to 6, or a salt thereof and the like.
WO03/101964 describes a compound having a tachykinin receptor antagonistic action, which is represented by the formula
Figure imgf000005_0001
wherein Ar is an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an aromatic heterocyclic group, each of which may be substituted, R1 is a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted hydrocarbon group, an acyl group or an optionally substituted heterocyclic group, X is an oxygen atom or an optionally substituted imino group, Z is an optionally substituted methylene group, Ring A is a further optionally substituted piperidine ring, and Ring B is an optionally substituted aromatic ring, provided that when Z is a methylene group substituted with an oxo group, R1 is not a methyl group, and when Z is a methylene group substituted with a methyl group, Ring B is a substituted aromatic ring, or a salt thereof.
Disclosure of the Invention An object of the present invention is to provide a piperidine derivative having antagonistic action for a tachykinin receptor, etc. with a different chemical structure from the known compounds including the above-mentioned compounds, an agent for the prophylaxis or treatment of an abnormality of lower urinary tract functions comprising the derivative, and the like.
The present inventors have made extensive studies in consideration of the above-mentioned situation and, as a result, have found unexpectedly that piperidine derivatives represented by the formula (I) below or a salt thereof have excellent antagonistic action for a tachykinin receptor (particularly antagonistic action for a SP receptor) as based on their peculiar chemical structures and are sufficiently satisfactory as pharmaceutical agents. On the basis of these findings, the present inventors have completed the present invention.
Specifically, the present invention provides the following :
[1] a compound represented by the formula:
Figure imgf000006_0001
wherein Ar is a phenyl group optionally having substituent (s) , R1 is a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent (s) , an acyl group or a heterocyclic group optionally having substituent (s) , R2 is a hydrogen atom, a Ci_6 alkyl group optionally having substituent (s) or a C3-6 cycloalkyl group optionally having substituent (s) , Z is a methylene group optionally having a Ci-6 alkyl group, ring A is a piperidine ring optionally further having substituent (s) , ring B and ring C are benzene rings optionally further having substituent (s) , and R2 optionally forms a ring together with the adjacent substituent on the ring B, except the compounds represented by the formula:
Figure imgf000006_0002
and the formula:
Figure imgf000006_0003
(hereinafter sometimes to be abbreviated as compound (I)), or a salt thereof;
[2] the compound of [1], which is represented by the formula:
Figure imgf000007_0001
wherein the symbols in the formula are as defined in [I];
[3] the compound of [1], which is represented by the formula:
Figure imgf000007_0002
wherein the symbols in the formula are as defined in [I]; [4] the compound of any of [I]- [3], wherein R1 is a hydrogen atom or an acyl group;
[5] the compound of any of [I]- [3], wherein R2 is a hydrogen atom or a Ci-6 alkyl group optionally having substituent (s) ; [6] the compound of any of [I]- [3], wherein Z is a methylene group optionally having a methyl group; [7] the compound of [3], wherein Ar is a phenyl group optionally having 1 to 3 halogen atoms; R1 is (1) a hydrogen atom, (2) a Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyl optionally having 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of (i) an amino, (ii) a Ci-6 alkoxy, (iii) a Ci-6 alkyl-carbonylamino, (iv) a Ci-6 alkoxy- carbonylamino, (v) a Ci-6 alkylsulfonylamino, (vi) a 5- or 6- membered nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group optionally having 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of a Ci-6 alkyl and an oxo, said heterocyclic group optionally forms a spiro ring together with cyclopentane or cyclohexane, (vii) a Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyloxy, (viii) a hydroxy and (ix) a carbamoyl, (3) a Ci-6 alkoxy-carbonyl,
(4) a Ci-6 alkylamino-carbonyl,
(5) a Ci-6 alkylsulfonyl, (6) an aminocarbonylcarbonyl,
(7) a Ci-6 alkylamino-carbonylcarbonyl,
(8) a di-Ci-6 alkylamino-carbonylcarbonyl, or
(9) a piperidin-4-ylcarbonyl optionally having 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of (i) a Ci-β alkyl-carbonyl optionally having a 5- or β-membered nitrogen- containing heterocyclic group optionally having 1 or 2 oxo,
(11) a Ci-6 alkoxy-carbonyl, (iii) a Cχ-6 alkylsulfonyl, (iv) a Ci-6 alkyl-carbonylamino-Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyl, (v) a di-Ci-6 alkyl- carbamoyl and (vi) an oxo;
R2 is (1) a hydrogen atom or (2) a Ci-6 alkyl group optionally having 1 to 3 halogen atoms;
Z is a methylene group optionally having a methyl group; ring A is a piperidine ring without a further substituent; ring B is a benzene ring optionally further having a halogen atom or a Ci-6 alkyl or ring B forms a 2, 3-dihydrobenzofuran ring together with R2; and ring C is a benzene ring optionally having 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of (1) a cyano,
(2) a nitro,
(3) a halogen atom,
(4) a Ci-6 alkyl optionally having 1 to 3 halogen atoms,
(5) a Ci-6 alkynyl, (6) a Ci-6 alkoxy optionally having 1 to 3 halogen atoms,
(7) a Ci-6 alkylthio,
(8) a Ci-6 alkylsulfonyl,
(9) a di-Ci-6 alkylamino,
(10) a Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyl, (11) a Ci-6 alkyl-carbonylamino,
(12) a Ci-6 alkoxy-carbonyl and
(13) a carbamoyl;
[8] a compound represented by the formula:
Figure imgf000009_0001
wherein
Ar is a phenyl group optionally having 1 to 3 halogen atoms; R1 is (1) a hydrogen atom, (2) a Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyl optionally having 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of (i) an amino, (ii) a Ci-6 alkoxy, (iii) a Cχ-6 alkyl-carbonylamino, (iv) a Ci-6 alkoxy- carbonylamino, (v) a Ci-6 alkylsulfonylamino, (vi) a 5- or 6- membered nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group optionally having 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of a Ci-6 alkyl and an oxo, said heterocyclic group optionally forms a spiro ring together with cyclopentane or cyclohexane, (vii) a Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyloxy, (viii) a hydroxy and (ix) a carbamoyl, (3) a Ci-6 alkoxy-carbonyl,
(4) a Ci-6 alkylsulfonyl,
(5) an aminocarbonylcarbonyl,
(6) a Ci-6 alkylamino-carbonylcarbonyl,
(7) a di-Cχ-6 alkylamino-carbonylcarbonyl, or (8) a piperidin-4-ylcarbonyl optionally having 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of (i) a Ci-β alkyl-carbonyl optionally having a 5- or 6-membered nitrogen- containing heterocyclic group optionally having 1 or 2 oxo, (ii) a Ci-6 alkoxy-carbonyl, (iii) a Ci-β alkylsulfonyl, (iv) a Ci-6 alkyl-carbonylamino-Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyl, (v) a di-Cχ-6 alkyl- carbamoyl and (vi) an oxo;
R2 is (1) a hydrogen atom or (2) a Ci_6 alkyl group optionally having 1 to 3 halogen atoms; Z is a methylene group optionally having a methyl group; ring A is a piperidine ring without a further substituent; ring B is a benzene ring optionally further having a halogen atom or a Ci_6 alkyl or ring B forms a 2, 3-dihydrobenzofuran ring together with R2; and ring C is a benzene ring optionally having 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of (1) a cyano,
(2) a nitro,
(3) a halogen atom,
(4) a Ci-6 alkyl optionally having 1 to 3 halogen atoms,
(5) a Ci-6 alkynyl, (6) a Ci-6 alkoxy optionally having 1 to 3 halogen atoms,
(7) a Ci-6 alkylthio,
(8) a Ci-6 alkylsυlfonyl,
(9) a di-Ci-6 alkylamino,
(10) a Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyl, (11) a Ci-6 alkyl-carbonylamino,
(12) a Ci-6 alkoxy-carbonyl and
(13) a carbamoyl, or a salt thereof;
[9] N-{2-[ (3R, 4S)-4-({ [A' -chloro-4- (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl- 3-yl] methyl } amino) -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl] -2- oxoethyl Jacetamide,
3'-[ ({ (3R, 4S)-l-[ (5, 5-dimethyl-2, 4-dioxo-l, 3-oxazolidin-3- yl) acetyl] -3-phenylpiperidin-4-yl}amino) methyl] -2-fluoro-4' -
(trifluoromethoxy) bipheny1-4-carbonitrile, 2-fluoro-3' - ( { [ (3R, 4S) -l-glycoloyl-3-phenylpiperidin-4- yl] amino}methyl) -4' - (trifluoromethoxy) bipheny1-4-carbonitrile,
3' -[ ({ (3R, 4S)-I- [ (l-acetylpiperidin-4-yl)carbonyl]-3- phenylpiperidin-4-yl }amino)methyl] -2-fluoro-4' -
(trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-4-carbonitrile, 3' -[ ({ (3R, 4S)-l-[ (2, 6-dioxopiperidin-4-yl)carbonyl]-3- phenylpiperidin-4-yl} amino) methyl] -2-fluoro-4' -
(trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-4-carbonitrile,
2-[ (3R,4S)-4-({ [4'-cyano-2'-fluoro-4-
(trifluoromethoxy) bipheny1-3-yl] methyl } amino) -3- phenylpiperidin-1-yl] -2-oxoacetamide, 3-{2- [ (3R, 4S) -4- ( { [4' -chloro-4- (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-3- yl] methyl} amino) -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl] -2-oxoethyl } -5, 5- dimethyl-1, 3-oxazolidine-2, 4-dione, 4-{ [ (3R,4S)-4-({ [4'-chloro-2'-fluoro-4- (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-3-yl ] methyl } amino) -3- phenylpiperidin-1-yl] carbonyl }piperidine-2, 6-dione, 3' - [ ( { (3R, 4S)-I- [ (5, 5-dimethyl-2, 4-dioxo-l, 3-oxazolidin-3- yl) acetyl] -3-phenylpiperidin-4-y1 } amino) methyl] -4' - (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-4-carbonitrile, or a salt thereof;
[10] a prodrug of the compound of [I];
[11] a pharmaceutical agent comprising the compound of [1] or a prodrug thereof;
[12] the pharmaceutical agent of [11], which is a tachykinin receptor antagonist;
[13] the pharmaceutical agent of [11], which is an agent for the prophylaxis or treatment of lower urinary tract symptoms, a digestive organ disease or a central nerve disease; [14] the pharmaceutical agent of [11], which is an agent for the prophylaxis or treatment of overactive bladder, lower urinary tract symptoms associated with benign prostatic hyperplasia, pelvic visceral pain, lower urinary tract symptoms associated with chronic prostatitis, lower urinary tract symptoms associated with interstitial cystitis, irritable bowel syndrome, inflammatory bowel disease, vomiting, nausea, depression, anxiety neurosis, anxiety or sleep disorder (insomnia) ;
[15] a method for the prophylaxis or treatment of lower urinary tract symptoms, a digestive organ disease or a central nerve disease, which comprises administering an effective amount of the compound of [1] or a prodrug thereof to a mamma1 ;
[16] use of the compound of [1] or a prodrug thereof for the production of an agent for the prophylaxis or treatment of lower urinary tract symptoms, a digestive organ disease or a central nerve disease; and the like.
Compound (I) of the present invention and a salt thereof and a prodrug thereof have a high antagonistic action for a tachykinin receptor, particularly an antagonistic action for substance P receptor, and have low toxicity, and are safe as pharmaceutical agents. Therefore, compound (I) of the present invention and a salt thereof and a prodrug thereof are useful as medicaments, for example, a tachykinin receptor antagonist, an agent for the prophylaxis or treatment of an abnormality of lower urinary tract functions and the like.
Best Mode for Embodying the Invention
Ar is a phenyl group optionally having substituent (s) . As the substituent of the "phenyl group", for example, 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of (1) a halogen atom (e.g., fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, etc.), (2) a Ci-3 alkylenedioxy (e.g., methylenedioxy, ethylenedioxy, etc.), (3) a nitro, (4) a cyano, (5) an optionally halogenated Ci-6 alkyl, (6) an optionally halogenated C2-6 alkenyl, (7) an optionally halogenated C2-6 alkynyl, (8) an optionally halogenated C3-6 cycloalkyl, (9) a Cβ-i4 aryl (e.g., phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, biphenylyl, 2-anthryl, etc.), (10) an optionally halogenated Ci-6 alkoxy, (11) an optionally halogenated Ci-6 alkylthio or mercapto, (12) a hydroxy, (13) an amino, (14) a mono-Ci-6 alkylamino (e.g., methylamino, ethylamino, etc.), (15) a mono-C6-i4 arylamino (e.g., phenylamino, 1-naphthylamino, 2-naphthylamino, etc.), (16) a di-Ci-6 alkylamino (e.g., dimethylamino, diethylamino, etc.), (17) a di-Cε-i-a arylamino (e.g., diphenylamino, etc.), (18) an acyl, (19) an acylamino, (20) an acyloxy, (21) a 5- to 7- membered cyclic amino optionally having substituent (s) , (22) a 5- to 10-membered aromatic heterocyclic group (e.g., 2- or 3- thienyl, 2-, 3- or 4-pyridyl, 2-, 3-, 4-, 5- or 8-quinolyl, 1- , 3-, 4- or 5-isoquinolyl, 1-, 2- or 3-indolyl, 2- benzothiazolyl, 2-benzo [b] thienyl, benzo [b] furanyl, etc.), (23) a sulfo, (24) a Ce-n aryloxy (e.g., phenyloxy, naphthyloxy, etc.), (25) a group which is a combination of 1 to 3 groups from the above-mentioned (I)- (24) and the like can be mentioned.
As the above-mentioned "optionally halogenated Ci-β alkyl", for example, a Ci-6 alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, etc.) optionally having 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3, halogen atoms (e.g., fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, etc.) and the like can be mentioned. Specific examples include methyl, chloromethyl, difluoromethyl, trichloromethyl, trifluoromethyl, ethyl, 2-bromoethyl, 2, 2, 2-trifluoroethyl, pentafluoroethyl, propyl, 3, 3, 3-trifluoropropyl, isopropyl, butyl, 4, 4, 4-trifluorobutyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, 5, 5, 5-trifluoropentyl, hexyl, 6, 6, 6-trifluorohexyl and the like.
As the above-mentioned "optionally halogenated C2-6 alkenyl", for example, a C2-6 alkenyl (e.g., vinyl, allyl, isopropenyl, butenyl, isobutenyl, sec-butenyl, etc.) optionally having 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3, halogen atoms (e.g., fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, etc.) and the like can be mentioned. Specific examples include vinyl, allyl, isopropenyl, butenyl, isobutenyl, sec-butenyl, 3,3,3- trifluoro-1-propenyl, 4 , 4 , 4-trifluoro-1-butenyl and the like. As the above-mentioned "optionally halogenated C2-6 alkynyl", for example, a C2-6 alkynyl (e.g., ethynyl, propargyl, butynyl, 1-hexynyl, etc.) optionally having 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3, halogen atoms (e.g., fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, etc.) and the like can be mentioned. Specific examples include ethynyl, propargyl, butynyl, 1-hexynyl, 3,3,3- trifluoro-1-propynyl, 4 , 4, 4-trifluoro-1-butynyl and the like.
As the above-mentioned "optionally halogenated C3-6 cycloalkyl", for example, a C3-6 cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, etc.) optionally having 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3, halogen atoms (e.g., fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, etc.) and the like can be mentioned. Specific examples include cyclopropyl, cyclobυtyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 4 , 4-dichlorocyclohexyl, 2,2,3,3- tetrafluorocyclopentyl, 4-chlorocyclohexyl and the like. As the above-mentioned "optionally halogenated Ci-6 alkoxy", for example, a Cχ-6 alkoxy (e.g., methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, isobutoxy, sec-butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy, etc. ) optionally having 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3, halogen atoms (e.g., fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, etc.) and the like can be mentioned. Specific examples include methoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, ethoxy, 2,2,2- trifluoroethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, 4,4,4- trifluorobutoxy, isobutoxy, sec-butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy and the like.
As the above-mentioned "optionally halogenated Ci-6 alkylthio", for example, a Ci-6 alkylthio (e.g., methylthio, ethylthio, propylthio, isopropylthio, butylthio, sec- butylthio, tert-butylthio, etc.) optionally having 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3, halogen atoms (e.g., fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, etc.) and the like can be mentioned. Specific examples include methylthio, difluoromethylthio, trifluoromethylthio, ethylthio, propylthio, isopropylthio, butylthio, 4 , 4, 4-trifluorobutylthio, pentylthio, hexylthio and the like.
As the above-mentioned "acyl", for example, -(C=O)-R3, - (C=S)-R3, -SO2-R3, -SO-R3, -(P=O) (OR4) (OR4') (R3 is a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent (s) , an amino group optionally having substituent (s) , a hydroxy group optionally having a substituent or a heterocyclic group optionally having substituent (s) , and R4 and R4' are the same or different and each is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent (s) ) and the like can be mentioned.
The "hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R3, R4 and R4' includes, for example, the same group as those referred to herein for the "hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R1 which will be described below.
The "substituent" of the "amino group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R3 includes, for example, a hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent (s) , a heterocyclic group optionally having substituent (s) , a hydroxy group optionally having a substituent, an acyl group and the like.
The "hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent (s) " as the "substituent" of the "amino group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R3 includes, for example, the same group as those referred to herein for the "hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R1 which will be described below. The "heterocyclic group optionally having substituent (s) " as the "substituent" of the "amino group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R3 includes, for example, the same group as those referred to herein for the "heterocyclic group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R1 which will be described below.
The "hydroxy group optionally having a substituent" as the "substituent" of the "amino group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R3 includes, for example, (i) a hydroxy group, (ii) a Ci-6 alkoxy group (e.g., a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, an isopropoxy group, a butoxy group, a tert-butoxy group, etc.), (iii) a Cβ-i4 aryloxy group (e.g., a phenyloxy group, a naphthyloxy group, etc.), (iv) a formyloxy group or a Cχ-6 alkyl-carbonyloxy group (e.g., an acetoxy group, a propionyloxy group, etc.) and (v) a C6-i4 aryl-carbonyloxy group (e.g., a benzoyloxy group, a naphthylcarbonyloxy group, etc.) and the like, and preferably, a hydroxy group and a Ci_6 alkoxy group (e.g., a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, an isopropoxy group, etc.).
The "acyl group" as the "substituent" of the "amino group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R3 includes, for example, -(C=O)-R", -(C=S)-R", -SO2-R", -SO-R", - (C=0)NR"R"', -(C=O)O-R", -(C=S)O-R", - (C=S) NR," R" ' (R" is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent (s) , R'" is a hydrogen atom or a lower alkyl group (e.g., a Ci-6 alkyl group such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, etc., and particularly preferably a C1-3 alkyl group such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, etc.) and the like.
The "hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R' ' includes, for example, the same group as those referred to herein for the "hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R1 which will be described below.
The "Ci-6 alkoxy group", "Cε-i4 aryloxy group", "formyloxy group", "Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyloxy group" and "C6-i4 aryl-carbonyloxy group" exemplified as the "hydroxy group optionally having a substituent" as the "substituent" of the "amino group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R3, may be optionally further substituted with the same group as those referred to herein for the "substituent" of the "hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R1 which will be described below and the like, and such substituent is preferably a halogen atom (e.g., fluorine, chlorine, bromine, etc.) and the like. The "amino group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R3 may form a cyclic amino group (e.g., a 5- to 9-membered cyclic amino group having 1 to 3 heteroatoms such as an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, etc. in addition to a nitrogen atom (e.g., a pyrrolidino (1-pyrrolidinyl) group, a piperidino group, a piperazino ( 1-piperazinyl) group, a morpholino group, etc.) and the like.
The "hydroxy group optionally having a substituent" represented by R3 includes, for example, the same group as those referred to herein for the "hydroxy group optionally having a substituent" as the "substituent" of the "amino group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R3 which is described above, and the like.
The "heterocyclic group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R3 includes, for example, the same group as those referred to herein for the "heterocyclic group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R1 which will be described below.
As the above-mentioned "acylamino", for example, formylamino, Ci-β alkyl-carbonylamino (e.g., acetylamino, etc.), heterocyclyl-Ci-6 alkyl-carbonylamino (e.g., piperidino- acetylamino optionally having oxo, etc.), C3--7 cycloalkyl- carbonylamino (e.g., cyclopropylcarbonylamino, etc.), Cβ-i4 aryl-carbonylamino (e.g., phenylcarbonylamino, naphthylcarbonylamino, etc.), heterocyclylcarbonylamino (e.g., thienylcarbonylamino, furylcarbonylamino, pyrrolylcarbonylamino, etc.), C1-6 alkoxy-carbonylamino (e.g., methoxycarbonylamino, ethoxycarbonylamino, propoxycarbonylamino, butoxycarbonylamino, etc.), Cβ-n aryloxy- carbonylamino (e.g., phenoxycarbonylamino, naphthoxycarbonylamino, etc.), heterocyclyloxy-carbonylamino,
Ci-6 alkylsulfonylamino (e.g., methylsulfonylamino, ethylsulfonylamino, etc.), Cβ-i4 arylsulfonylamino (e.g., phenylsulfonylamino, 2-naphthylsulfonylamino, 1- naphthylsulfonylamino, etc.), heterocyclylsulfonylamino, ureido, mono- or di-Ci-β alkyl-ureido (e.g., methylureido, dimethylureido, etc.), mono- or di-Cβ-14 aryl-ureido (e.g., phenylureido, diphenylureido, etc.) and the like can be mentioned.
As the above-mentioned "acyloxy", for example, formyloxy, Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyloxy (e.g., acetoxy, propionyloxy, etc.), heterocyclyl-Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyloxy, C3-7 cycloalkyl-carbonyloxy
(e.g., cyclopropylcarbonyloxy, etc.), Cβ-14 aryl-carbonyloxy
(e.g., benzoyloxy, naphthylcarbonyloxy, etc.), heterocyclylcarbonyloxy (e.g., nicotinoyloxy, etc.), Ci-6 alkoxy-carbonyloxy (e.g., methoxycarbonyloxy, ethoxycarbonyloxy, propoxycarbonyloxy, butoxycarbonyloxy, etc.), Cβ-14 aryloxy-carbonyloxy, heterocyclyloxy-carbonyloxy, mono-Ci-6 alkyl-carbamoyloxy (e.g., methylcarbamoyloxy, ethylcarbamoyloxy, etc.), di-Ci-β alkyl-carbamoyloxy (e.g., dimethylcarbamoyloxy, diethylcarbamoyloxy, etc.), Cβ-14 aryl- carbamoyloxy (e.g., phenylcarbamoyloxy, naphthylcarbamoyloxy, etc.) and the like can be mentioned.
Here, as the heterocyclic group of the heterocyclyl-Ci-6 alkyl-carbonylamino, heterocyclylcarbonylamino, heterocyclyloxy-carbonylamino, heterocyclylsulfonylamino, heterocyclyl-Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyloxy, heterocyclylcarbonyloxy and heterocyclyloxy-carbonyloxy, for example, a 5- to 14-membered (preferably 5- to 9-membered, more preferably 5- or 6- membered) non-aromatic heterocyclic group (e.g., pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuryl, tetrahydrothienyl, piperidyl, tetrahydropyranyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, piperazinyl) or aromatic heterocyclic group (e.g., furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, 1, 2, 3-oxadiazolyl, 1, 2, 4-oxadiazolyl, 1, 3, 4-oxadiazolyl, furazanyl, 1, 2, 3-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,4- thiadiazolyl, 1, 3, 4-thiadiazolyl, 1, 2, 3-triazolyl, 1,2,4- triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl) containing, besides carbon atom, 1 to 4 heteroatoms of one or two kinds selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, and optionally having 1 or 2 oxo and the like, and the like can be used.
As the "5- to 7-membered cyclic amino" of the above- mentioned "5- to 7-membered cyclic amino optionally having substituent (s) ", for example, a 5- to 7-membered saturated cyclic amino such as morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperazin-1- yl, piperidino, pyrrolidin-1-yl and the like can be mentioned. As the "substituent" of the "5- to 7-membered cyclic amino optionally having substituent (s) ", for example, 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a Ci-6 alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec- butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, etc.), a Cβ-i4 aryl (e.g., phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, biphenylyl, 2-anthryl, etc.), a 5- to 10-membered aromatic heterocyclic group (e.g., 2- or 3-thienyl, 2-, 3- or 4-pyridyl, 2-, 3-, 4-, 5- or 8-quinolyl, 1-, 3-, 4- or 5-isoquinolyl, 1-, 2- or 3-indolyl, 2- benzothiazolyl, 2-benzo [b] thienyl, benzo [b] furanyl, etc.) and the like can be mentioned.
As Ar, a phenyl group optionally having a halogen atom (e.g., fluorine atom) is preferable, and a phenyl group optionally substituted by a fluorine atom at the para-position and the like is more preferable. Particularly preferred is an unsubstituted phenyl group.
R1 is a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent (s) , an acyl group or a heterocyclic group optionally having substituent (s) .
As the "hydrocarbon group" of the "hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R1, for example, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a monocyclic saturated hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group and the like can be mentioned, with preference given to such group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms. Specifically, for example, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group and the like are used. As the "alkyl group", for example, a lower alkyl group and the like are preferable and, for example, a Ci_6 alkyl group (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec- butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, etc.) and the like are widely used. As the "alkenyl group", for example, a lower alkenyl group and the like are preferable and, for example, a C2-6 alkenyl group (e.g., vinyl, 1-propenyl, allyl, isopropenyl, butenyl, isobutenyl, etc.) and the like are widely used.
As the "alkynyl group", for example, a lower alkynyl group and the like are preferable and, for example, a C2-6 alkynyl group (e.g., ethynyl, propargyl, 1-propynyl, etc.) and the like are widely used.
As the "cycloalkyl group", for example, a lower cycloalkyl group and the like are preferable and, for example, a C3-6 cycloalkyl group (e.g., cyclopropyl, cyplobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, etc.) and the like are widely used.
As the "aryl group", for example, a Cβ-n aryl group (e.g., phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, biphenylyl, 2-anthryl, etc.) and the like are preferable and, for example, phenyl group and the like are widely used.
As the substituent that the "hydrocarbon group" of the "hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R1 may have, for example, (1) a halogen atom (e.g., fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom, etc.), (2) a nitro group, (3) a cyano group, (4) a hydroxy group, (5) an optionally halogenated lower alkyl group (e.g., an optionally halogenated Ci-6 alkyl group such as methyl, chloromethyl, difluoromethyl, trichloromethyl, trifluoromethyl, ethyl, 2-bromoethyl, 2, 2, 2-trifluoroethyl, pentafluoroethyl, propyl, 3, 3, 3-trifluoropropyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, 4 , 4 , 4-trifluorobutyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, 5, 5, 5-trifluoropentyl, hexyl, 6, 6, 6-trifluorohexyl and the like, etc.), (6) an optionally halogenated C2-6 alkenyl, (7) an optionally halogenated C2-6 alkynyl, (8) an optionally halogenated C3-6 cycloalkyl, (9) an optionally halogenated lower alkoxy group (e.g., a Ci-6 alkoxy group such as methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, isobutoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy and the like, etc.), (10) an acyloxy, (11) an optionally halogenated Ci-6 alkylthio or ■ mercapto, (12) an acyl, (13) an amino group, (14) a mono-lower alkylamino group (e.g., a mono-Ci-6 alkylamino group such as methylamino, ethylamino and the like, etc.), (15) a di-lower alkylamino group (e.g., a di-Ci-6 alkylamino group such as dimethylamino, diethylamino and the like, etc.), (16) a mono- Cβ-14 arylamino (e.g., phenylamino, 1-naphthylamino, 2- naphthylamino, etc.)/ (17) a di-C6-i4 arylamino (e.g., diphenylamino, etc.), (18) an acylamino, (19) a carboxyl group, (20) an aryl group (e.g., a Cβ-n aryl group such as phenyl, naphthyl, biphenylyl, 2-anthryl and the like, etc.), (21) an aryloxy group (e.g., a Cβ-i4 aryloxy group such as phenyloxy, naphthyloxy and the like, etc.), (22) an optionally halogenated lower alkylcarbonylamino group (e.g., an optionally halogenated Ci-6 alkyl-carbonylamino group such as acetylamino, trifluoroacetylamino and the like, etc.), (23) an optionally halogenated lower alkylsulfonylamino group (e.g., an optionally halogenated Ci-β alkylsulfonylamino group such as methylsulfonylamino, trifluoromethylsulfonylamino and the like, etc.), (24) an optionally halogenated lower alkoxycarbonylamino group (e.g., an optionally halogenated Ci-6 alkoxy-carbonylamino group such as methoxycarbonylamino, trifluoromethoxycarbonylamino and the like, etc. ) , (25) an oxo group, (26) a 5- to 7-membered cyclic amino optionally having substituent (s) , (27) a heterocyclic group, (28) a Ci-3 alkylenedioxy (e.g., methylenedioxy, ethylenedioxy, etc.), (29) a carbamoyl group, (30) a group which is a combination of 1 to 3 groups from the above-mentioned (I)- (29) and the like can be used.
The "hydrocarbon group" of the "hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent (s) " may have 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3, of the above-mentioned substituents at substitutable position (s) for the hydrocarbon group. When the number of the substituents is two or more, each substituent may be the same or different.
The "acyl" as the "substituent" of the "hydrocarbon- group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R1, for example, includes formyl, Ci-β alkyl-carbonyl (e.g., acetyl, propionyl, etc.), heterocyclyl-Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl-carbonyl (e.g., cyclopropylcarbonyl, etc.), Cβ-i4 aryl-carbonyl (e.g., phenylcarbonyl, naphthylcarbonyl, etc.), heterocyclylcarbonyl (e.g., nicotinoyl, etc.), Ci_6 alkoxy- carbonyl (e.g., methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, propoxycarbonyl, butoxycarbonyl, etc.), C6-I4 aryloxy-carbonyl (e.g., phenoxycarbonyl, naphthoxycarbonyl, etc.), heterocyclyloxy-carbonyl, Ci-6 alkylsulfonyl (e.g., methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, etc.), C6-i4 arylsulfonyl (e.g., phenylsulfonyl, 2-naphthylsulfonyl, 1-naphthylsulfonyl, etc.), heterocyclylsulfonyl, Ci-6 alkylsulfinyl (e.g., methylsulfinyl, ethylsulfinyl, propylsulfinyl, butylsulfinyl, etc.), Cβ-14 arylsulfinyl (e.g., phenylsulfinyl, naphthylsulfinyl, etc.), carbamoyl, thiocarbamoyl, mono-Ci-6 alkyl-carbamoyl (e.g., methylcarbamoyl, ethylcarbamoyl, etc.), di-Ci-6 alkyl-carbamoyl (e.g., dimethylcarbamoyl, diethylcarbamoyl, etc.), Cβ-u aryl- carbamoyl (e.g., phenylcarbamoyl, naphthylcarbamoyl, etc.) and the like. Here, as the heterocyclic group of the heterocyclyl- Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyl, heterocyclylcarbonyl, heterocyclyloxy- carbonyl and heterocyclylsulfonyl, for example, a 5- to 14- membered (preferably 5- to 9-membered, more preferably 5- or 6-membered) non-aromatic heterocyclic group (e.g., pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuryl, tetrahydrothienyl, piperidyl, tetrahydropyranyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, piperazinyl) or aromatic heterocyclic group (e.g., furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, 1, 2, 3-oxadiazolyl, 1, 2, 4-oxadiazolyl, 1, 3, 4-oxadiazolyl, furazanyl, 1, 2, 3-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,4- thiadiazolyl, 1, 3, 4-thiadiazolyl, 1, 2, 3-triazolyl, 1,2,4- triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl) containing, besides carbon atom, 1 to 4 heteroatoms of one or two kinds selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, and optionally having substituent (s) such as halogen atom, optionally halogenated Ci-6 alkyl, Ci-6 alkoxy, oxo and the like, and the like can be used.
The "acyloxy" and "acylamino" recited as the "substituent" of the "hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R1 include, for example, the same groups as those referred to herein above for the foregoing "acyloxy" and "acylamino" recited as the "substituent" of the "phenyl group" represented by Ar.
The "5- to 7-membered cyclic amino optionally having substituent (s) " recited as the "substituent" of the "hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R1 includes, for example, the same group as those referred to herein above for the foregoing "5- to 7- membered cyclic amino optionally having substituent (s) " recited as the "substituent" of the "phenyl group" represented by Ar.
As the "heterocyclic group" recited as the "substituent" of the "hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R1, for example, a 5- to 14-membered (preferably 5- to 9-membered, more preferably 5- or 6-membered) aromatic heterocyclic group (e.g., furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, 1, 2, 3-oxadiazolyl, 1, 2, 4-oxadiazolyl, 1, 3, 4-oxadiazolyl, furazanyl, 1, 2, 3-thiadiazolyl, 1, 2, 4-thiadiazolyl, 1,3,4- thiadiazolyl, 1, 2, 3-triazolyl, 1, 2, 4-triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl) or non-aromatic heterocyclic group (e.g., pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuryl, tetrahydrothienyl, piperidyl, tetrahydropyranyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, piperazinyl) containing, besides carbon atom, 1 to 4 heteroatoms of one or two kinds selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, and the like can be mentioned. These non-aromatic heterocyclic groups may be further fused with other aromatic or non-aromatic homocyclic ring or heterocyclic ring. The "heterocyclic group" may have substituent (s) such as halogen atom, optionally halogenated Ci-6 alkyl, Cχ-6 alkoxy, oxo and the like.
The "acyl group" represented by R1 includes, for example, the same group as those referred to herein above for the foregoing "acyl" recited as the "substituent" of the "phenyl group" represented by Ar.
As the "heterocyclic group" of the "heterocyclic group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R1, for example, a 5- to 14-membered (preferably 5- to 10-membered) (monocyclic to tricyclic, preferably monocyclic or bicyclic) heterocyclic group containing, besides carbon atom, 1 to 4 (preferably 1 to 3) heteroatoms of one or two kinds selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, and the like can be mentioned. For example, 5-membered ring groups containing, besides carbon atom, 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, such as 2- or 3- thienyl, 2- or 3-furyl, 1-, 2- or 3-pyrrolyl, 1-, 2- or 3- pyrrolidinyl, 2-, 4- or 5-oxazolyl, 3-, 4- or 5-isoxazolyl, 2-, 4- or 5-thiazolyl, 3-, 4- or 5-isothiazolyl, 3-, 4- or 5- pyrazolyl, 2-, 3- or 4-pyrazolidinyl, 2-, 4- or 5-imidazolyl, 1,2, 3-triazolyl, 1, 2, 4-triazolyl, IH- or 2H-tetrazolyl and the like; 6-membered ring groups containing, besides carbon atom, 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, such as 2-, 3- or 4-pyridyl, N-oxide-2-, 3- or 4-pyridyl, 2-, 4- or 5- pyrimidinyl, N-oxide-2-, 4- or 5-pyrimidinyl, thiomorpholinyl, morpholinyl, piperidino, 2-, 3- or 4-piperidyl, thiopyranyl, 1, 4-oxazinyl, 1, 4-thiazinyl, 1, 3-thiazinyl, piperazinyl, triazinyl, 3- or 4-pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, N-oxide-3- or 4- pyridazinyl and the like; bicyclic or tricyclic fused ring groups containing, besides carbon atom, 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, such as indolyl, benzofuryl, benzothiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzimidazolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, indolizinyl, quinolizinyl, 1, 8-naphthyridinyl, dibenzofuranyl, carbazolyl, acrydinyl, phenanthridinyl, chromanyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl and the like (preferably, a group formed by condensation of the above-mentioned 5- or 6-membered ring with one or two 5- or 6-membered rings containing, besides carbon atom, 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom) and the like can be used. Of these, a 5- to 7- membered (preferably 5- or 6-membered) heterocyclic group containing, besides carbon atom, 1 to' 3 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom is preferable.
As the substituent that the "heterocyclic group" of the "heterocyclic group optionally having substituent (s) " may have, those similar to the "substituent" that the "hydrocarbon group" of the above-mentioned "hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent (s) " may have can be used and, for example, (1) a halogen atom (e.g., fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, etc.), (2) a lower alkyl group (e.g., a Ci-β alkyl group such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl and the like, etc.), (3) a cycloalkyl group (e.g., a C3_6 cycloalkyl group such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and the like, etc.), (4) a lower alkynyl group (e.g., a C2-6 alkynyl group such as ethynyl, 1-propynyl, propargyl and the like, etc.), (5) a lower alkenyl group (e.g., a C2-6 alkenyl group such as vinyl, allyl, isopropenyl, butenyl, isobutenyl and the like, etc.), (6) an aralkyl group (e.g., a C7-11 aralkyl group such as benzyl, α~methylbenzyl, phenethyl and the like, etc.), (7) an aryl group (e.g., a Cβ-io aryl group such as phenyl, naphthyl and the like, etc., preferably phenyl group, etc.), (8) a lower alkoxy group (e.g., a Ci-6 alkoxy group such as methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, isobutoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy and the like, etc.), (9) an aryloxy group (e.g., a Cβ-io aryloxy group such as phenoxy and the like, etc.), (10) an acyl (e.g., formyl group, lower alkyl-carbonyl group (e.g., Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyl group such as acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, isobutyryl and the like, etc.), arylcarbonyl group (e.g., Cβ-n aryl-carbonyl group such as benzoyl, naphthoyl and the like, etc.)? carbamoyl group, sulfo group, sulfino group, phosphono group, sulfamoyl group, lower alkylsulfinyl group (e.g., Ci-6 alkylsulfinyl group such as methylsulfinyl, ethylsulfinyl, propylsulfinyl, butylsulfinyl and the like, etc.), arylsulfinyl group (e.g., Cδ-i4 arylsulfinyl group such as phenylsulfinyl, naphthylsulfinyl and the like, etc.), lower alkylsulfonyl group (e.g., Ci-6 alkylsulfonyl group such as methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, propylsulfonyl, butylsulfonyl and the like, etc.), arylsulfonyl group (e.g., Cβ-i4 arylsulfonyl group such as phenylsulfonyl, naphthylsulfonyl and the like, etc.), monoalkylsulfamoyl group (e.g., mono-Ci-6 alkylsulfamoyl group such as N-methylsulfamoyl, N- ethylsulfamoyl, N-propylsulfamoyl, N-isopropylsulfamoyl, N- butylsulfamoyl and the like, etc.), dialkylsulfamoyl group (e.g., di-Ci-6 alkylsulfamoyl group such as N, N- dimethylsulfamoyl, N, N-diethylsulfamoyl, N, N- dipropylsulfamoyl, N, N-dibutylsulfamoyl and the like, etc.) and the like), (11) a carboxyl group, (12) an acyloxy (e.g., formyloxy, lower alkyl-carbonyloxy group (e.g., Ci-6 alkyl- carbonyloxy group such as acetyloxy, propionyloxy, butyryloxy, isobutyryloxy and the like, etc.), arylcarbonyloxy group (e.g., Cε-14 aryl-carbonyloxy group such as benzoyloxy, naphthoyloxy and the like, etc.), lower alkoxycarbonyl group (e.g., Ci-6 alkoxy-carbonyl group such as methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, propoxycarbonyl, isopropoxycarbonyl, butoxycarbonyl, isobutoxycarbonyl, tert-butoxycarbonyl and the like, etc.), aralkyloxycarbonyl (e.g., C-7-15 aralkyloxycarbonyl group such as benzyloxycarbonyl and the like, etc.), (13) a mono-, di- or trihalogeno-lower alkyl group (e.g., mono-,- di- or trihalogeno-Ci-6 alkyl group such as chloromethyl, dichloromethyl, trifluoromethyl, 2, 2, 2-trifluoroethyl and the like, etc.), (14) an oxo group, (15) an amidino group, (16) an imino group, (17) an amino group, (18) a mono-lower alkylamino group (e.g., mono-Ci-6 alkylamino group such as methylamino, ethylamino, propylamino, isopropylamino, butylamino and the like, etc.), (19) a di-lower alkylamino group (e.g., di-Ci-4 alkylamino group such as dimethylamino, diethylamino, dipropylamino, diisopropylamino, dibutylamino, methylethylamino and the like, etc.), (20) an acylamino, (21) a 3- to 6 -membered cyclic amino group optionally containing, besides carbon atom and one nitrogen atom, 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom and a nitrogen atom (e.g., 3- to 6-membered cyclic amino group such as aziridinyl, azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolidinyl, piperidyl, morpholinyl, dihydropyridyl, tetrahydropyridyl, N- methylpiperazinyl, N-ethylpiperazinyl and the like, etc.), (22) an alkylenedioxy group (e.g., C1-3 alkylenedioxy group such as methylenedioxy, ethylenedioxy and the like, etc.), (23) a hydroxy group, (24) a nitro group, (25) a cyano group, (26) a mercapto group, (27) an alkylthio group (e.g., Ci_6 alkylthio group such as methylthio, ethylthio, propylthio, isopropylthio, butylthio, sec-butylthio, tert-butylthio and the like, etc.), (28) an arylthio group (e.g., Cβ-i4 arylthio group such as phenylthio, naphthylthio and the like, etc.), (29) a group which is a combination of 1 to 3 groups from the above-mentioned (I)- (28) and the like can be used. As used herein, as the "acyl", "acyloxy" and "acylamino", those similar to the "acyl", "acyloxy" and "acylamino" recited as the "substituent" that the "hydrocarbon group" of the above- mentioned "hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent (s) " may have can be used.
The "heterocyclic group" of the "heterocyclic group optionally having substituent (s) " may have 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3, the above-mentioned substituents at substitutable position (s) for the heterocyclic group. When the number of the substituents is two or more, each substituent may be the same or different.
R1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an acyl group. As the acyl group, a group represented by -(C=O)-R5, -SO2-R5 or - (C=O)-(C=O)-R5 (R5 is a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent (s) , an amino group optionally having substituent (s) , a hydroxy group optionally having a substituent or a heterocyclic group optionally having substituent (s) ) is preferable.
The "hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent (s) ", "amino group optionally having substituent (s) ", "hydroxy group optionally having a substituent" and "heterocyclic group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R5, include, for example, the same groups as those referred to herein above for the foregoing "hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent (s) ", "amino group optionally having substituent (s) ", "hydroxy group optionally having a substituent" and "heterocyclic group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R3.
As the "hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R5,
(1) a Ci-6 alkyl group (e.g., methyl group) optionally having 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of (i) amino, (ii) Ci-6 alkoxy (e.g., methoxy) , (iii) formylamino, (iv) Ci-6 alkyl-carbonylamino (e.g., acetylamino) , (v) Ci-6 alkoxy- carbonylamino (e.g., methoxycarbonylamino, tert- butoxycarbonylamino) , (vi) Ci-6 alkylsulfonylamino (e.g., methylsulfonylamino) , (vii) a heterocyclic group (e.g., a 5- or 6-membered aromatic or non-aromatic heterocyclic group
(e.g., piperazinyl, oxopiperazinyl, 1-piperidinyl, imidazolyl, tetrazolyl, triazolyl, dihydrotriazolyl, oxazolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, tetrahydropyrimidinyl, pyrrolidinyl and the like) containing, besides carbon atom, 1 to 4 heteroatoms. of one or two kinds selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom) optionally having 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of Ci-6 alkyl (e.g., methyl, isopropyl) , hydroxy, formyl, Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyl (e.g., acetyl), formylamino and Ci-6 alkyl- carbonylamino (e.g., acetylamino), optionally having 1 or 2 oxo, and said heterocyclic group optionally forms a spiro ring together with cyclopentane or cyclohexane, (viii) £1-6 alkyl- carbonyloxy (e.g., acetoxy) , (ix) hydroxy and (x) carbamoyl and the like, (2) a Cj-η cycloalkyl group (e.g., cyclohexyl group) optionally having substituent (s) selected from the group consisting of (i) amino, (ii) Ci-6 alkoxy (e.g., methoxy) , (iii) formylamino, (iv) Ci-6 alkyl-carbonylamino (e.g., acetylamino) , (v) Ci-6 alkoxy-carbonylamino (e.g., methoxycarbonylamino, tert- butoxycarbonylamino) , (vi) Ci-6 alkylsulfonylamino (e.g., methylsulfonylamino) , (vii) a heterocyclic group (e.g., 5- or 6-membered aromatic or non-aromatic heterocyclic group (e.g., piperazinyl, oxopiperazinyl, 1-piperidinyl, imidazolyl, tetrazolyl, triazolyl, dihydrotriazolyl, oxazolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, tetrahydropyrimidinyl, pyrrolidinyl and the like) containing, besides carbon atom, 1 to 4 heteroatoms of one or two kinds selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom) optionally having 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of Ci-6 alkyl (e.g., methyl, isopropyl), hydroxy, formyl, Cχ-6 alkyl-carbonyl (e.g., acetyl), formylamino and Ci-6 alkyl- carbonylamino (e.g., acetylamino), and optionally having 1 or 2 oxo, (viii) Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyloxy (e.g., acetoxy), (ix) hydroxy and (x) carbamoyl and the like, (3) a C6-14 aryl group (e.g., phenyl group) optionally having substituent (s) selected from the group consisting of (i) formylamino and (ii) Ci-6 alkyl-carbonylamino (e.g., acetylamino) and the like, and the like are preferable.
As the "amino group optionally having substituent (s.) " represented by R5, an amino group, a Ci_6 alkylamino group, a di-Ci-6 alkylamino group and the like are preferable.
As the "hydroxy group optionally having a substituent" represented by R5, a Ci-6 alkoxy group is preferable. As the "heterocyclic group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R5, (i) a Ci-6 alkyl group (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl) optionally substituted by substituent (s) selected from the group consisting of formyl, Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyl (e.g., acetyl), Ci-6 alkoxy-carbonyl (e.g., methoxycarbonyl, isopropoxycarbonyl) , carbamoyl and mono or di-Ci-6 alkyl- carbamoyl (e.g., dimethylcarbamoyl) , (ii) a formyl group,
(iii) a Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyl group (e.g., acetyl) optionally substituted by substituent (s) selected from the group consisting of (a) formylamino, (b) Ci-6 alkyl-carbonylamino
(e.g., acetylamino) and (c) a 5- or 6-membered non-aromatic or aromatic heterocyclic group (e.g., tetrazolyl, triazolyl, dihydrotriazolyl, etc.) containing, besides carbon atom, 1 to 4 heteroatoms of one or two kinds selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, and optionally having 1 or 2 oxo, (iv) a Ci-6 alkylsulfonyl group (e.g., methylsulfonyl) optionally substituted by substituent (s) selected from the group consisting of (a) formylamino, (b) Ci-6 alkyl- carbonylamino (e.g., acetylamino) and (c) a 5- or 6-membered non-aromatic or aromatic heterocyclic group (e.g., tetrazolyl, triazolyl, dihydrotriazolyl, etc.) containing, besides carbon atom, 1 to 4 heteroatoms of one or two kinds selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, and optionally having 1 or 2 oxo,
(v) a Ci-6 alkoxy-carbonyl group (e.g., methoxycarbonyl, tert- butoxycarbonyl, etc.) optionally substituted by substituent (s) selected from the group consisting of (a) formylamino, (b) Ci-6 alkyl-carbonylamino (e.g., acetylamino) and (c) a 5- or 6- membered non-aromatic or aromatic heterocyclic group (e.g., tetrazolyl, triazolyl, dihydrotriazolyl, etc.) containing, besides carbon atom, 1 to 4 heteroatoms of one or two kinds selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, and optionally having 1 or 2 OXO, (vi) a substituent bonded via carbon atom, such as a heterocyclyl-carbonyl group (e.g., a 5- or 6-membered aromatic or non-aromatic heterocyclyl (e.g., imidazoline) -carbonyl group containing, besides carbon atom, 1 to 4 heteroatoms of one or two kinds selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom) optionally having 1 or 2 oxo, and the like,
(vii) a heterocyclic group optionally substituted by oxo (e.g., a 5- or 6-membered aromatic or non-aromatic heterocyclic group (e.g., dihydrofuran-2 (3H) -one) containing, besides carbon atom, 1 to 4 heteroatoms of one or two kinds selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom) , (viii) a di-Ci-6 alkyl-carbamoyl group (e.g., dimethylcarbamoyl) ,
(ix) a 5- or 6-membered non-aromatic heterocyclic group (particularly, 1-piperidyl group, 4-piperidyl group, piperazinyl group) containing, besides carbon atom, 1 or 2 nitrogen atoms, and optionally having 1 or 2 substituents selected from oxo and the like are preferable. Of these, as R1,
(1) a hydrogen atom,
(2) a Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyl optionally having 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of (i) an amino, (ii) a Ci-β alkoxy, (iii) a Ci-6 alkyl-carbonylamino, (iv) a Ci_6 alkoxy- carbonylamino, (v) a Ci-β alkylsulfonylamino, (vi) a 5- or 6- membered nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group (e.g., tetrazolyl, triazolyl, dihydrotriazolyl, oxazolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, tetrahydropyrimidinyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, etc.) optionally having 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of a Ci-6 alkyl and an oxo, said heterocyclic group optionally forms a spiro ring together with cyclopentane or cyclohexane, (vii) a Ci-6 alkyl- carbonyloxy, (viii) a hydroxy and (ix) a carbamoyl, (3) a Ci-6 alkoxy-carbonyl, (4) a Ci-6 alkylamino-carbonyl,
(5) a Ci-6 alkylsulfonyl,
(6) an aminocarbonylcarbonyl,
(7) a Ci-6 alkylamino-carbonylcarbonyl, (8) a di-Ci-6 alkylamino-carbonylcarbonyl, or ,
(9) a piperidin-4-ylcarbonyl optionally having 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of (i) a Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyl optionally having a 5- or 6-membered nitrogen- containing heterocyclic group (e.g., tetrazolyl, triazolyl, dihydrotriazolyl, etc.) optionally having 1 or 2 oxo, (ii) a Ci-6 alkoxy-carbonyl, (iii) a Ci-6 alkylsulfonyl, (iv) a Ci-β alkyl-carbonylamino-Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyl, (v) a di-Ci-β alkyl- carbamoyl and (vi) an oxo, and the like are preferable.
As the "5- or 6-membered nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group" of the above-mentioned "5- or 6-membered nitrogen- containing heterocyclic group optionally having 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of a Ci-6 alkyl and an oxo, said heterocyclic group optionally forms a spiro ring together with cyclopentane or cyclohexane", a 5- or 6- membered heterocyclic group (e.g., tetrazolyl, triazolyl, dihydrotriazolyl, oxazolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, tetrahydropyrimidinyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, etc.) optionally containing, besides one nitrogen atom and carbon atom, 1 to 3 heteroatoms of one or two kinds selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom can be mentioned.
As the "5- or 6-membered nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group" of the above-mentioned "5- or 6-membered nitrogen- containing heterocyclic group optionally having 1 or 2 oxo", a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic group (e.g., tetrazolyl, triazolyl, dihydrotriazolyl, etc.) optionally containing, besides one nitrogen atom and carbon atom, 1 to 3 heteroatoms of one or two kinds selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom can be mentioned. Of these, as R1, Ci-6 alkoxy-Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyl, Ci-6 alkyl-carbonylamino-Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyl, Ci-6 alkoxy-carbonyl or 1- (Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyl)piperidin-4-ylcarbonyl is preferable.
R2 is a hydrogen atom, a Ci_6 alkyl group optionally having substituent (s) or a C3-6 cycloalkyl group optionally having substituent (s) .
As the "Ci-6 alkyl group" of the "C^6 alkyl group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R2, for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl and the like can be used. Of these, a C1-3 alkyl group such as methyl, ethyl and the like is preferable and a methyl group is particularly preferable.
As the "C3-6 cycloalkyl group" of the "C3-6 cycloalkyl group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R2, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and the like can be used.
The substituent of the "Ci-6 alkyl group optionally having substituent (s) " or "C3-6 cycloalkyl group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R2 include, for example, the same group as those referred to herein above for the foregoing substituent that the "hydrocarbon group" of the "hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by R1 may have. Of these, one having 1 to 3 halogen atoms (e.g., fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, etc.) is preferable. As R2, a hydrogen atom or a Ci-6 alkyl group optionally having substituent (s) is preferable. Of these, a Ci-6 alkyl group optionally having 1 to 3 halogen atoms (e.g., fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, etc.) is preferable. A Ci-β alkyl group is particularly preferable and methyl is specifically preferable.
Z is a methylene group optionally having a Ci-6 alkyl group (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, etc.).
Z is preferably a methylene group optionally having a methyl group. Ring A is a piperidine ring optionally further having substituent (s) . That is, ring A may further have 1 to 8 substituents besides R1, NH- and Ar.
As the "substituent" of the "piperidine ring optionally having substituent (s) ", those similar to the substituent of the "phenyl group" for the above-mentioned Ar can be mentioned.
Ring A is preferably a piperidine ring without a substituent other than R1, NH- and Ar. Ring B and ring C are benzene rings optionally further having substituent (s) . That is, ring B may further have 1 to 3 substituents besides ring C, O-R2 and Z-, and ring C may have 1 to 5 substituents besides ring B.
As the "substituent" that ring B and ring C may have, those similar to the substituent of the "phenyl group" for the above-mentioned Ar can be mentioned.
As ring B, a benzene ring optionally further having a halogen atom or a Ci-6 alkyl or ring B forming a 2,3- dihydrobenzofuran ring together with R2 are preferable. As ring C, a benzene ring optionally having 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of (1) a cyano, (2) a nitro, (3) a halogen atom, (4) a Ci-6 alkyl optionally having 1 to 3 halogen atoms, (5) a Ci-6 alkynyl, (6) a Ci-6 alkoxy optionally having 1 to 3 halogen atoms, (7) a Cχ-6 alkylthio, (8) a Ci-6 alkylsulfonyl, (9) a di-Ci-6 alkylamino,
(10) a Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyl, (11) a Ci-6 alkyl-carbonylamino, (12) a Ci-6 alkoxy-carbonyl and (13) a carbamoyl is preferable. Particularly, a benzene ring optionally having 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of (1) a ■ cyano, (2) a halogen atom, (3) a Ci-6 alkyl optionally having 1 to 3 halogen atoms and (4) a Ci-6 alkoxy is preferable.
As compound (I), a compound represented by the formula (ID
Figure imgf000035_0001
wherein the symbols are as defined above, is preferable, and compound (Ha) having a configuration represented by the formula
Figure imgf000035_0002
wherein the symbols are as defined above is particularly preferable. More specifically, compound (Ha) wherein Ar is a phenyl group optionally having 1 to 3 halogen atoms; R1 is (1) a hydrogen atom,
(2) a Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyl optionally having 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of (i) an amino, (ii) a Ci_6 alkoxy, (iii) a Ci-β alkyl-carbonylamino, (iv) a Ci-6 alkoxy- carbonylamino, (v) a Ci-6 alkylsulfonylamino, (vi) a 5- or 6- membered nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group optionally having 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of a Ci-6 alkyl and an oxo, said heterocyclic group optionally forms a spiro ring together with cyclopentane or cyclohexane, (vii) a Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyloxy, (viii) a hydroxy and (ix) a carbamoyl,
(3) a Ci-6 alkoxy-carbonyl,
(4) a Ci-6 alkylamino-carbonyl,
(5) a Ci-6 alkylsulfonyl, (6) an aminocarbonylcarbonyl,
(7) a Ci-6 alkylamino-carbonylcarbonyl,
(8) a di-Ci-6 alkylamino-carbonylcarbonyl, or (9) a piperidin-4-ylcarbonyl optionally having 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of (i) a Ci_6 alkyl-carbonyl optionally having a 5- or 6-membered nitrogen- containing heterocyclic group optionally having 1 or 2 oxo, (ii) a Ci-6 alkoxy-carbonyl, (iii) a Ci-6 alkylsulfonyl, (iv) a
Ci-6 alkyl-carbonylamino-Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyl, (v) a di-Ci-6 alkyl- carbamoyl and (vi) an oxo;
R2 is (1) a hydrogen atom or (2) a Ci-6 alkyl group optionally having 1 to 3 halogen atoms; Z is a methylene group optionally having a methyl group; ring A is a piperidine ring without a further substituent; ring B is a benzene ring optionally further having a halogen atom or a Ci-β alkyl or ring B forms a 2, 3-dihydrobenzofuran ring together with R2; and ring C is a benzene ring optionally having 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of
(1) a cyano,
(2) a nitro,
(3) a halogen atom, (4) a Ci-6 alkyl optionally having 1 to 3 halogen atoms,
(5) a Ci-6 alkynyl,
(6) a Ci-6 alkoxy optionally having 1 to 3 halogen atoms,
(7) a Ci-6 alkylthio,
(8) a Ci-6 alkylsulfonyl, (9) a di-Ci-6 alkylamino,
(10) a Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyl,
(11) a Ci-6 alkyl-carbonylamino,
(12) a Ci-6 alkoxy-carbonyl and
(13) a carbamoyl is preferable. More preferably, compound (Ha) wherein Ar is a phenyl group;
R1 is Ci-6 alkoxy-Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyl, Ci_6 alkyl-carbonylamino-Ci- 6 alkyl-carbonyl, Ci-6 alkoxy-carbonyl or l-(Ci-6 alkyl- carbonyl) piperidin-4-ylcarbonyl; ring A is a piperidine ring without a further substituent; R2 is a Ci-6 alkyl group optionally having 1 to 3 halogen atoms; ring B is a benzene ring without a further substituent; and ring C is a benzene ring optionally having 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of (1) a cyano, (2) a halogen atom, (3) a Ci_6 alkyl optionally having 1 to 3 halogen atoms and (4) a Ci-6 alkoxy can be mentioned.
Moreover, as compound (I), a compound represented by the formula ( Ha ')
Figure imgf000037_0001
wherein
Ar' is a phenyl group optionally having 1 to 3 halogen atoms/
R1' is (1) a hydrogen atom,
(2) a Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyl optionally having 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of (i) an amino, (ii) a Ci-β alkoxy, (iii) a Ci-6 alkyl-carbonylamino, (iv) a Ci-6 alkoxy- carbonylamino, (v) a Ci-β alkylsulfonylamino, (vi) a 5- or 6- membered nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group optionally having 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of a Ci-6 alkyl and an oxo, said heterocyclic group optionally forms a spiro ring together with cyclopentane or cyclohexane, (vii) a Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyloxy, (viii) a hydroxy and (ix) a carbamoyl,
(3) a Ci-6 alkoxy-carbonyl, (4) a Ci-6 alkylsulfonyl,
(5) an aminocarbonylcarbonyl,
(6) a Ci-6 alkylamino-carbonylcarbonyl,
(7) a di-Ci-6 alkylamino-carbonylcarbonyl, or
(8) a piperidin-4-ylcarbonyl optionally having 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of (i) a Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyl optionally having a 5- or β-membered nitrogen- containing heterocyclic group optionally having 1 or 2 oxo, (ii) a Ci-6 alkoxy-carbonyl, (iii) a Ci-β alkylsulfonyl, (iv) a Ci-6 alkyl-carbonylamino-Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyl, (v) a di-Ci-β alkyl- carbamoyl and (vi) an oxo; R2' is (1) a hydrogen atom or (2) a Ci-6 alkyl group optionally having 1 to 3 halogen atoms;
Z' is a methylene group optionally having a methyl group; ring A' is a piperidine ring without a further substituent; ring B' is a benzene ring optionally further having a halogen atom or a Ci-6 alkyl or ring B' forms a 2, 3-dihydrobenzofuran ring together with R2' ; ring C is a benzene ring optionally having 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of
(I) a cyano, (2) a nitro,
(3) a halogen atom,
(4) a Ci-6 alkyl optionally having 1 to 3 halogen atoms,
(5) a Ci-6 alkynyl,
(6) a Ci-6 alkoxy optionally having 1 to 3 halogen atoms, (7) a Ci-6 alkylthio,
(8) a Ci-6 alkylsulfonyl,
(9) a di-Ci-6 alkylamino,
(10) a Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyl,
(II) a Ci-6 alkyl-carbonylamino, (12) a Ci-6 alkoxy-carbonyl and
(13) a carbamoyl can also be mentioned as a preferable embodiment.
Furthermore, as compound (I), the compounds of the below- mentioned Examples 1-137, salts thereof and the like can be mentioned as preferable embodiments. Particularly, N- [2-
( (3R, 4S) -4-{ [ (4' -cyano-4-methoxybiphenyl-3-yl) methyl] amino} -3- phenylpiperidin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] acetamide (Example 10), N- [2- ( (3R, 4S) -4-{ [ (4' -cyano-2' -fluoro-4-methoxybiphenyl-3- yl) methyl] amino} -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl) -2-oxoethyl] acetamide (Example 11) , N- [2- ( (3R, 4S) -4-{ [ (4' ~chloro-4-methoxybiphenyl-3- yl) methyl] amino} -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl) -2-oxoethyl] acetamide
(Example 15) ,
N- [2- ( (3R, 4S) -4-{ [ (4' -fluoro-4-methoxybiphenyl-3- yl) methyl] amino} -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl) -2-oxoethyl] acetamide
(Example 16) ,
N- [2- ( (3R, 4S) -4-{ [ (4-methoxy-4' -methylbiphenyl-3- yl) methyl] amino} -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl) -2-oxoethyl] acetamide
(Example 17) , N-{2- [ (3R, 4S) -4- ( { [4-methoxy-4' - (trifluoromethyl) biphenyl-3- yl ] methyl } amino) -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl ] -2-oxoethyl } acetamide
(Example 18) ,
N- [2- ( (3R, 4S) -4-{ [ (4' -cyano-3' -fluoro-4-methoxybiphenyl-3- yl ) methyl ] amino } -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl ) -2-oxoethyl ] acetamide (Example 21) ,
N- [2- ( (3R, 4S) -4-{ [ (4' -bromo-4-methoxybiphenyl-3- yl) methyl] amino} -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl) -2-oxoethyl] acetamide
(Example 22) ,
N- [2- ( (3R,4S)-4-{ [ (4'-ethynyl-4-methoxybiphenyl-3- yl) methyl] amino} -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl) -2-oxoethyl] acetamide
(Example 23) ,
N-{2- [ (3R, 4S) -4- ( { [4' -cyano-4- ( trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-3- yl] methyl } amino) -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl] -2-oxoethyl } acetamide
(Example 24) , N- [2- ( (3R, 4S) -4-{ [ (4' -cyano-4-methoxy-2' -methylbiphenyl-3- yl) methyl] amino} -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl) -2-oxoethyl] acetamide
(Example 25) ,
4' -methoxy-3' - ( { [ (3R, 4S) -1- (methoxyacetyl) -3-phenylpiperidin-
4-yl]amino}methyl)biphenyl-4-carbonitrile (Example 32), 2-fluoro-4' -methoxy-3' - ( { [ (3R, 4S) -1- (methoxyacetyl) -3- phenylpiperidin-4-yl] amino}methyl) biphenyl-4-carbonitrile
(Example 33) ,
3'-[ ({ (3R,4S)-l-[ (l-acetylpiperidin-4-yl)carbonyl]-3- phenylpiperidin-4-yl } amino) methyl ] -4 ' -methoxybiphenyl-4- carbonitrile (Example 35) , 3' -[ ({ (3R, 4S) -l-[ (l-acetylpiperidin-4-yl) carbonyl] -3- phenylpiperidin-4-yl } amino) methyl] -2-fluoro-4' - methoxybiphenyl-4-carbonitrile (Example 36) , (3R)-3-(acetylamino)-4-( (3R,4S)-4-{ [ (4'-cyano-4- methoxybiphenyl-3-yl) methyl] amino } -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl) -4- oxobutanamide (Example 41),
3' -[ ({ (3R, 4S)-l-[ (2, 6-dioxopiperidin-4-yl) carbonyl] -3- phenylpiperidin-4-yl}amino)methyl] -4' -methoxybiphenyl-4- carbonitrile (Example 42) , 4'-methoxy-3'-({ [ (3R, 4S) -3-phenyl-l- (lH-tetrazol-1- ylacetyl) piperidin-4-yl] amino}methyl) biphenyl-4-carbonitrile (Example 43) ,
4' -methoxy-3' - [ ( { (3R, 4S) -1- [ (5-oxo-4, 5-dihydro-lH-l, 2, 4- triazol-3-yl) acetyl] -3-phenylpiperidin-4- yl }amino)methyl] biphenyl-4-carbonitrile (Example 44),
N-{2-[ (3R, 4S)-4- ({ [4'-chloro-4- (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-3- yl] methyl } amino) -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl] -2-oxoethyl } acetamide (Example 72) , 3' -[ ({ (3R, 4S)-l-[ (5,5-dimethyl-2, 4-dioxo-l, 3-oxazolidin-3- yl) acetyl] -3-phenylpiperidin-4-yl } amino) methyl] -2-fluoro-4' - (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-4-carbonitrile (Example 96, 97), 2-fluoro-3' - ( { [ (3R, 4S) -l-glycoloyl-3-phenylpiperidin-4- yl] amino}methyl) -4' - (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-4-carbonitrile (Example 100) , 3' - [ ( { (3R, 4S) -1- [ (l-acetylpiperidin-4-yl) carbonyl] -3- phenylpiperidin-4-yl } amino) methyl] -2-fluoro-4' - (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-4-carbonitrile (Example 101), 3'-[ ({ (3R, 4S)-I- [ (2, 6-dioxopiperidin-4-yl) carbonyl] -3- phenylpiperidin-4-yl}amino) methyl] -2-fluoro-4' - (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-4-carbonitrile (Example 102), 2- [ (3R, 4S) -4- ( { [4' -cyano-2' -fluoro-4- ( trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-3-yl]methyl }amino) -3- phenylpiperidin-1-yl] -2-oxoacetamide (Example 104), 3-{2- [ (3R, 4S) -4- ({ [4' -chloro-4- (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-3- yl] methyl } amino) -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl] -2-oxoethyl } -5, 5~ dimethyl-1, 3-oxazolidine-2, 4-dione (Example 116), 4-{[(3R, 4S)-4-({[4' -chloro-2'-fluoro-4- (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-3-yl]methyl}amino) -3- phenylpiperidin-1-yl] carbonyl } piperidine-2, 6-dione (Example 132) and
3' - [ ( { (3R, 4S) -1- [ (5, 5-dimethyl-2, 4-dioxo-l, 3-oxazolidin-3- yl) acetyl] -3-phenylpiperidin-4-y1 } amino) methyl] -A' - (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-4-carbonitrile (Example 137), salts thereof or the like can be preferably used. A salt of compound (I) includes, for example, a metal salt, an ammonium salt, a salt with an organic base, a salt with an inorganic acid, a salt with an organic acid, a salt with basic or acidic amino acid, etc. Suitable examples of the metal salt include an alkali metal salt such as a sodium salt, a potassium salt, etc.; an alkaline earth metal salt such as a calcium salt, a magnesium salt, a barium salt, etc.; an aluminum salt, etc. Suitable examples of the salts with an organic base include salts with trimethylamine, triethylamine, pyridine, picoline, 2, 6-lutidine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, cyclohexylamine, dicyclohexylamine, N, N' -dibenzylethylenediamine, etc. Suitable examples of the salts with an inorganic acid include salts with hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, nitric acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, etc. Suitable examples of the salts with an organic acid include salts with formic acid, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, phthalic acid, fumaric acid, oxalic acid, tartaric acid, maleic acid, citric acid, succinic acid, malic acid, methanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, etc. Suitable examples of the salts with basic amino acid include salts with arginine, lysine, ornithine, etc. Suitable examples of the salts with acidic amino acid include salts with aspartic acid and glutamic acid, etc.
Among these, pharmaceutically acceptable salts are preferred. For example, if the compound has acidic functional group, the preferred are inorganic salts such as an alkali metal salt (e.g., sodium salt, potassium salt, etc.), an alkaline earth metal salt (e.g., calcium salt, magnesium salt, barium salt, etc.), an ammonium salt, etc. If the compound has a basic functional group, the preferred are salts with an inorganic acid such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, nitric acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, etc., or salts with an organic acid such as acetic acid, phthalic acid, fumaric acid, oxalic acid, tartaric acid, maleic acid, citric acid, succinic acid, methanesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, etc.
The prodrug of compound (I) of the present invention or a salt thereof means a compound which is converted to compound (I) of the present invention under the physiological condition in the living body by a reaction with an enzyme, a gastric acid, or the like, that is, by enzymatic oxidation, reduction, hydrolysis, etc.; by hydrolysis with gastric acid, etc.
The prodrug of compound (I) of the present invention includes a compound wherein the amino group of compound (I) is modified with acyl, alkyl or phosphoryl (e.g., a compound wherein the amino group of compound (I) of the present invention is modified with eicosanyl, alanyl, pentylaminocarbonyl, (5-methyl-2-oxo-l, 3-dioxolen-4- yl)methoxycarbonyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolidylmethyl, pivaloyloxymethyl or tert-butyl, etc.); a compound wherein the hydroxy group of compound (I) of the present invention is modified with acyl, alkyl, phosphoric acid or boric acid (e.g., a compound wherein the hydroxy group of compound (I) of the present invention is modified with acetyl, palmitoyl, propanoyl, pivaloyl, succinyl, fumaryl, alanyl or dimethylaminomethylcarbonyl, etc.); a compound wherein a carboxyl group of compound (I) of the present invention is modified to ester or amide (e.g., a compound wherein a carboxyl group of compound (I) of the present invention is modified to ethyl ester, phenyl ester, carboxymethyl ester, dimethylaminomethyl ester, pivaloyloxymethyl ester, ethoxycarbonyloxyethyl ester, phthalidyl ester, (5-methyl-2- oxo-1, 3-dioxolen-4-yl)methyl ester, cyclohexyloxycarbonylethyl ester or methylamide, etc.); and the like. These prodrugs can be produced from compound (I) of the present invention by a method known per se.
In addition, the prodrug of compound (I) of the present invention may be a compound, which is converted into compound (I) of the present invention under the physiological conditions, as described in "Pharmaceutical Research and Development", Vol. 7 (Drug Design), pp. 163-198 (1990), published by Hirokawa Publishing Co.
A solvate, for example, hydrate of the compound represented by the formula (I) and a salt thereof are all included in the scope of the present invention. The compound represented by the formula (I) may be labeled with an isotope (e.g., 3H, 14C, 35S, 125I, etc.) and the like.
If compound (I) according to the present invention has chiral center, isomers such as an enantiomer or a diastereomer may exist. Such isomers and a mixture thereof are all included in the scope of the present invention. In addition, there can be instances where the isomers by conformation are generated in cases, but such isomers or a mixture thereof are also included in compound (I) of the present invention or a salt thereof. Compound (I) is preferably a cis-isomer in view of the activity.
The methods for preparing compound (I) of the present invention or a salt thereof will be explained in the following. The compound (I) of the present invention and a salt thereof can be produced according to the production method described in WO03/101964. Specifically, they can be produced using the following Method A, Method B, Method C or Method D. [Method A] Compound (I) can be produced by reacting a compound represented by the formula (Ib):
Figure imgf000044_0001
wherein each symbol is as defined above, or a salt thereof (hereinafter to be referred to as compound
(Ib)) with a compound represented by the formula (III):
Rla-0H (III) wherein Rla is a hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent (s) , an acyl group or a heterocyclic group optionally having substituent (s) , or a salt thereof
(hereinafter to be referred to as compound (III) ) or a reactive derivative thereof, which is an acylating agent or alkylating agent.
As "a hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent (s) , an acyl group or a heterocyclic group optionally having substituent (s) " represented by Rla, those similar to the examples of R1 can be used.
As the reactive derivative of compound (III), for example, a compound represented by the formula (Ilia): Rla-L (Ilia) wherein L is a leaving group and Rla is as defined above, or a salt thereof (hereinafter to be referred to as reactive derivative (HIa)) can be used.
The leaving group represented by L includes, for example, a halogen atom (e.g., a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an- iodine atom, etc.), a substituted sulfonyloxy group (e.g., a
Ci-6 alkylsulfonyloxy group such as methanesulfonyloxy, ethanesulfonyloxy, etc.; a Cε-14 arylsulfonyloxy group such as benzenesulfonyloxy, p-toluenesulfonyloxy, etc.; a C7_i6 aralkylsulfonyloxy group such as benzylsulfonyloxy, etc.; and the like), acyloxy (acetoxy, benzoyloxy, etc.), carbonates, trichloroacetimidic acid esters, oxalic acid esters, phosphorous acid esters (e.g., methyl phosphite, etc.), phosphoranes, an oxy group substituted with a heterocycle or an aryl group (succinimide, benzotriazole, quinoline, A- nitrophenyl, etc.), a heterocycle (imidazole, etc.) and the like.
The reaction using the above-mentioned reactive derivative as an alkylating agent can be carried out by reacting compound (Ib) with the reactive derivative, usually in a solvent in the presence of a base. The solvent includes, for example, alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, etc.; ethers such as dimethoxyethane, dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, etc.; ketones such as acetone, etc.; nitriles such as acetonitrile, etc.; amides such as N,N- dimethylformamide, etc.; sulfoxides such as dimethyl sulfoxide, etc.; water and the like, which may be used in a suitable mixture. The base includes, for example, an organic base such as trimethylamine, triethylamine, N- methylmorpholine, pyridine, picoline, N, N-dimethylaniline, etc.; and an inorganic base such as potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, etc. The amount of the base is, for example, about 1 to about 100 molar equivalents, preferably about 1 to about 10 molar equivalents, relative to 1 mol of the substrate. The reactive derivative includes, for example, halides (e.g., chloride, bromide, iodide, etc.), sulfuric acid esters, or sulfonic acid esters (e.g., methanesulfonate, p- toluenesulfonate, benzenesulfonate, etc.) and the like, and particularly halides. The amount of the reactive derivative is, for example, about 1 to about 5 molar equivalents, preferably about 1 to about 3 molar equivalents, relative to 1 mol of the substrate.
If necessary, the reaction can be promoted by adding an additive. Such additive includes, for example, iodides such as sodium iodide, potassium iodide, etc. and the amount is about 0.1 to about 10 molar equivalents, preferably about 0.1 to about 5 molar equivalents, relative to 1 mol of the substrate. The reaction temperature is usually about -1O0C to about 2000C, preferably about 00C to about HO0C, and the reaction time is usually about 0.5 to about 48 hr, preferably about 0.5 to about 16 hr.
The reaction using the above-mentioned reactive derivative as an acylating agent depends on the kind of reactive derivative or substrate, but it is usually carried out in a solvent. If necessary, a suitable base may be added to promote the reaction. The solvent includes, for example, hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, etc.; ethers such as diethyl ether, dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, etc.; esters such as ethyl acetate, etc.; halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform, dichloromethane, etc.; esters such as ethyl acetate, etc.; amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide, etc.; aromatic amines such as pyridine, etc.; water and the like, which may be used in a suitable mixture. In addition, the base includes, for example, alkali metal hydroxides such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, etc. ; hydrogen carbonates such as sodium hydrogen carbonate, potassium hydrogen carbonate, etc.; carbonates such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, etc; acetates such as sodium acetate, etc.; tertiary amines such as trimethylamine, triethylamine, N- methylmorpholine, etc.; aromatic amines such as pyridine, picoline, N, N-dimethylaniline, etc.; and the like. The amount of the base is, for example, about 1 to about 100 molar equivalents, preferably about 1 to about 10 molar equivalents, relative to 1 mol of the substrate. The acylating agent includes, for example, carboxylic acid, sulfonic acid, phosphoric acid, carbonic acid or a reactive derivative thereof (e.g., acid halide, acid anhydride, mixed acid anhydride, active ester, etc.), isocyanic acid ester, isothiocyanic acid ester and the like. The amount of such acylating agent is usually about 1 to about 10 molar equivalents, preferably about 1 to about 3. molar equivalents, relative to 1 mol of the substrate. The reaction temperature is usually about -1O0C to about 15O0C, preferably about 00C to about 1000C, and the reaction time is usually about 15 min to about 24 hr, preferably about 30 min to about 16 hr.
Compound (Ib) used as the starting compound in Method A can be produced by subjecting a compound represented by the formula (Ia) or a salt thereof (hereinafter to be referred to as compound (Ia)) obtained by Method B or Method C below to deacylation.
Such deacylation can be carried out according to a known method, for example, the methods described in Theodora W. Greene, Peter G. M. Wuts, "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd Ed.," (1999) Wiley-Interscience, and the like or a method analogous thereto. The reaction is usually carried out in the presence of an acid or a base, if necessary, in a solvent that does not adversely affect the reaction though it depends on the kinds of compound (Ia) . The acid is preferably mineral acids (e.g., hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, etc.), carboxylic acids (e.g., acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, trichloroacetic acid, etc.), sulfonic acids (e.g., methanesulfonic acid, toluenesulfonic acid, etc.), Lewis acids (e.g., aluminum chloride, tin chloride, zinc bromide, etc.) and the like. If necessary, it may be used in a mixture of two or more. The amount of the acid varies depending on the kinds of the solvent and other reaction conditions, but it is usually about 0.1 mol or more, relative to 1 mol of compound (Ia), and the acid can be used as a solvent.
The base is preferably an inorganic base (alkali metal hydroxides such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, etc.; alkali metal hydrogen carbonates such as sodium hydrogen carbonate, potassium hydrogen carbonate, etc.; alkali metal carbonates such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, etc.; alkoxides such as sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, etc.; and the like), or an organic base (amines such as trimethylamine, triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, etc.; cyclic amines such as pyridine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, etc. ; and the like) and the like, and preferably, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium ethoxide and the like. The amount of the base varies depending on the kinds of the solvent and other reaction conditions, but is usually about 0.1 to about 10 mol, preferably about 0.1 to about 5 mol, relative to 1 mol of compound (Ia) .
The solvent that does not adversely affect the reaction includes, for example, alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, 2-propanol, butanol, isobutanol, tert-butanol, etc.; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene, etc.; aliphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, etc.; halogenated hydrocarbons such as dichloromethane, chloroform, etc.; ethers such as diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tert- butyl methyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, dimethoxyethane, etc.; nitriles such as acetonitrile, etc.; esters such as ethyl acetate, etc.; carboxylic acids such as acetic acid, etc.; amides such as N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N- dimethylacetamide, etc.; sulfoxides such as dimethyl sulfoxide, etc.; water and the like. Such solvents may be used in a mixture of two or more at a suitable ratio. The reaction temperature is for example, about -500C to about 2000C, preferably about O0C to about 1000C, and the reaction time varies depending on the kinds of compound (Ia), the reaction temperature and the like, and it is for example, about 0.5 to about 100 hr, preferably about 0.5 to about 24 hr.
[Method B]
Figure imgf000049_0001
(IV) (V) • (Ia)
Figure imgf000049_0002
Step 3 wherein each symbol is as defined above.
The compound (IV) to be used as a starting compound in this method can be produced according to the production method described in WO03/101964 and the like. (Step 1)
In this step, a compound represented by the formula (IV) (hereinafter to be referred to as compound (IV)) is converted to an imine or oxime, and then subjected to a reduction to give a compound represented by the formula (V) (hereinafter to be referred to as amine compound (V) ) .
Compound (IV) can be converted to an imine or oxime by a known method and, for example, the reaction can be carried out in a solvent inert to the reaction using various amines. As the amines, ammonias such as aqueous ammonia, ammonium chloride, ammonium acetate, etc.; hydroxylamines such as hydroxylamine, O-methylhydroxylamine, O-benzylhydroxylamine, etc.; organic amines such as benzylamine, aminodiphenylmethane, 1-phenylethylamine, etc.; and the like can be mentioned. These may be used in the form of a salt such as hydrochloride, sulfate and the like, or an aqueous solution thereof can also be used. The amount of the amine to be used is, for example, about 1 to about 50 mol, preferably about 1 to about 10 mol, per 1 mol of compound (IV) . The solvent inert to the reaction includes, for example, aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene, xylene, etc.; aliphatic hydrocarbons such as heptane, hexane, etc. ; halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform, dichloromethane, etc.; ethers such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, etc.; alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, butanol, benzyl alcohol, etc.; nitriles such as acetonitrile, etc.; N, N-dimethylformamide; dimethyl sulfoxide and the like. Such solvents may be used in a mixture at a suitable ratio.
Where necessary, the reaction can advantageously proceed by adding a catalyst. Such catalyst includes, for example, mineral acids (e.g., hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, etc.), carboxylic acids (e.g., formic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, etc.), sulfonic acids (e.g., methanesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, etc.), Lewis acids (e.g., aluminum chloride, zinc chloride, zinc bromide, boron trifluoride, titanium chloride, etc.), acetates (e.g., sodium acetate, potassium acetate, etc.), molecular sieves (e.g., molecular sieves 3A, 4A, 5A, etc.), dehydrating agents (e.g., magnesium sulfate, etc.) and the like. The amount of the catalyst is, for example, about 0.01 to about 50 mol, preferably about 0.1 to about 10 mol, relative to 1 mol of compound (IV) . The reaction temperature is usually about 00C to about 2000C, preferably about 200C to about 1500C, and the reaction time is usually about 0.5 to about 48 hr, preferably about 0.5 to about 24 hr.
The imine or oxime can be converted to amine compound (V) by various reductions in a solvent inert to the reaction. Such reduction can be carried out by a method known per se, for: example, a method using metal hydride or a method by catalytic hydrogenation.
The metal hydride includes, for example, sodium borohydride, lithium borohydride, zinc borohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride, sodium triacetoxyborohydride, lithium cyanoborohydride, dibutylaluminum hydride, aluminum hydride, lithium aluminum hydride, a borane complex (a borane-THF complex, catechol borane, etc.) and the like. The metal hydride includes preferably sodium borohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride, sodium triacetoxyborohydride, etc. The amount of the metal hydride is, for example, about 1 to about 50 mol, preferably about 1 to about 10 mol, relative to 1 mol of the imine or oxime. The reduction by metal hydride is generally carried out in a solvent inert to the reaction. Such solvent includes, for example, aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene, xylene, etc.; aliphatic hydrocarbons such as heptane, hexane, etc.; halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform, dichloromethane, etc.; ethers such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, etc.; alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, butanol, benzyl alcohol, etc.; nitriles such as acetonitrile, etc.; N, N-dimethylformamide; dimethyl sulfoxide and the like. Such solvents may be used in a mixture at a suitable ratio. The reaction temperature is usually about
-800C to about 800C, preferably about -400C to about 400C, and the reaction time is usually about 5 min to about 48 hr, preferably about 1 to about 24 hr.
The catalytic hydrogenation can be carried out under hydrogen atmosphere and in the presence of a catalyst. The catalyst to be used is preferably palladium compounds such as palladium carbon, palladium hydroxide, palladium oxide, etc.; nickel compounds such as Raney-nickel catalyst, etc. ; platinum compounds such as platinum oxide, platinum carbon, etc.; rhodium compounds such as rhodium carbon, etc.; and the like, and the amount is about 0.001 to about 1 mol, preferably about 0.01 to about 0.5 mol, relative to 1 mol of the imine or oxime .
The catalytic hydrogenation proceeds usually in a solvent inert to the reaction. Such solvent includes, for example, alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, etc.; hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene, etc.; halogenated hydrocarbons such as dichloromethane, chloroform, etc.; ethers such as diethyl ether, dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, etc.; esters such as ethyl acetate, etc.; amides such as N, N- dimethylformamide, etc. ; carboxylic acids such as acetic acid, etc.; water, or a mixture thereof.
The hydrogen pressure under which the reaction proceeds is usually about 1 to about 50 atm, preferably about 1 to about 10 atm. The reaction temperature is usually about 00C to about 15O0C, preferably about 200C to about 1000C, and the reaction time is usually about 5 min to about 72 hr, preferably about 0.5 to about 40 hr.
In the present step, amine compound (V) can also be produced directly from compound (IV) while carrying out the reactions of producing and of reducing imine or oxime at the same time, without isolating the intermediate imine or oxime. In this case, pH of the reaction mixture is preferably about 4 to about 5. (Step 2)
In this step, amine compound (V) is subjected to an alkylation or reductive alkylation to give compound (Ia).
The alkylation can be carried out by a method known per se. For example, amine compound (V) is reacted with a compound represented by the formula (VI) :
Figure imgf000052_0001
(Vl) wherein each symbol is as defined above, or a salt thereof (hereinafter to be referred to as compound (VI)) or a reactive derivative thereof, which is an alkylating agent.
As the reactive derivative of compound (VI), for example, a compound represented by the formula (Via) :
Figure imgf000053_0001
(Via) wherein L1 is a leaving group and other symbols are as defined above, or a salt thereof (hereinafter to be referred to as reactive derivative (Via) ) can be mentioned.
The leaving group represented by L1 includes, for example, a halogen atom (e.g., a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom), a substituted sulfonyloxy group (e.g., a Ci-6 alkylsulfonyloxy group such as methanesulfonyloxy, ethanesulfonyloxy, etc.; a Cβ-i4 arylsulfonyloxy group such as benzenesulfonyloxy, p-toluenesulfonyloxy, etc.; a C7-16 aralkylsulfonyloxy group such as benzylsulfonyloxy; a Ci-6 alkoxysulfonyloxy group such as methoxysulfonyloxy, etc.; and the like), and the like. While the reaction using compound (VI) or the above- mentioned reactive derivative (Via) as an alkylating agent varies depending on the kind of compound (VI) or reactive derivative (Via) and amine compound (V) , it generally includes reacting compound (VI) or reactive derivative (Via) with amine compound (V) in a solvent in the presence of a base.
The solvent includes, for example, alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, etc.; ethers such as dimethoxyethane, dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, etc.; ketones such as acetone, etc.; nitriles such as acetonitrile, etc.; amides such as N, N-dimethylformamide, etc.; sulfoxides such as dimethyl sulfoxide, etc.; water and the like, which may be used in a suitable mixture.
The base includes, for example, an organic base such as trimethylamine, triethylamine, N-methylmorpholine, pyridine, picoline, N,N-dimethylaniline, etc.; and an inorganic base such as potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, etc. The amount of the base is, for example, about 1 to about 100 mol, preferably about 1 to about 10 mol, relative to 1 mol of amine compound (V) . The reactive derivative (Via) includes, for example, halides (e.g., chloride, bromide, iodide, etc.), sulfuric acid esters, or sulfonic acid esters (e.g., methanesulfonate, p- toluenesulfonate, benzenesulfonate, etc.) and the like, and particularly halides. The amount of compound (VI) or reactive derivative (Via) is, for example, about 1 to about 5 mol, preferably about 1 to about 3 mol, relative to 1 mol of amine compound (V) .
If necessary, the reaction can be promoted by adding an additive. Such additive includes, for example, iodides such as sodium iodide, potassium iodide, etc. and the amount is about 0.1 to about 10 mol, preferably about 0.1 to about 5 mol, relative to 1 mol of amine compound (V) .
The reaction temperature is usually about -1O0C to about 2000C, preferably about 00C to about HO0C, and the reaction time is usually about 0.5 to about 48 hr, preferably about 0.5 to about 16 hr.
The reductive alkylation can be carried out by a method known per se. For example, amine compound (V) is reacted with a compound represented by the formula (VII):
Figure imgf000054_0001
(VII) wherein R6 is a hydrogen atom or a Ci-6 alkyl group, and other symbols are as defined above, or a salt thereof (hereinafter to be referred to as compound (VII)) and the resulting imine or iminium ion is subjected to a reduction. The reaction to produce imine or iminium ion and its reduction can be carried out according to the method described in Step 1.
In the present step, compound (Ia) can also be produced directly from amine compound (V) while carrying out the reactions of producing and of reducing imine or iminium ion at the same time, without isolating the intermediate imine or iminium ion. In this case, pH of the reaction mixture is preferably about 4 to about 5. (Step 3) In this reaction, compound (IV) is subjected to a reductive amination to give compound (Ia). This reaction can be carried out by a method known per se. For example, compound (IV) is reacted with a compound represented by the formula (VIII) :
Figure imgf000055_0001
(VIII) wherein each symbol is as defined above, or a salt thereof (hereinafter to be referred to as compound
(VIII)) and the resulting imine or iminium ion is subjected to a reduction. The reaction to produce imine or iminium ion and its reduction can be carried out according to the method described in Step 1.
In the present step, compound (Ia) can also be produced directly from compound (IV) while carrying out the reactions of producing and of reducing imine or iminium ion at the same time, without isolating the intermediate imine or iminium ion.
In this case, pH of the reaction mixture is preferably about 4 to about 5.
[Method C]
Figure imgf000056_0001
(IX) (Ia) wherein X is a halogen atom such as iodine, bromine, chlorine and the like, or a substituted sulfonyloxy group such as a trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy group and the like, and other symbols are as defined above.
In this reaction, a compound represented by the formula (IX) or a salt thereof (hereinafter to be referred to as compound (IX)) is subjected to a coupling reaction with a compound represented by the formula (X) :
Figure imgf000056_0002
(X) wherein each symbol is as defined above, or a salt thereof to give compound (Ia).
Compound (IX) to be used as a starting compound in this method can be produced according to a production method described in WO03/101964 and the like/
This step can be performed by a method known per se [e.g., Chemical Reviews, Vol. 95, p. 2457 (1995) and the like] and, for example, performed in the presence of a transition metal catalyst and a base in a solvent that does not adversely affect the reaction.
As the transition metal catalyst to be used, for example, palladium catalysts (palladium acetate, palladium chloride, tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium, etc.), nickel catalysts (nickel chloride, etc.) and the like are used. Where necessary, ligands (triphenylphosphine, tri-t-butylphosphine, etc.) may be added or metal oxides (copper oxide, silver oxide, etc.) and the like may be used as cocatalysts. While the amount of the catalyst to be used varies depending on the kind of the catalyst, it is generally about 0.0001 to about 1 molar equivalent, preferably about 0.01 to about 0.5 molar equivalents, per 1 mol of compound (IX) . The amount of the ligand to be used is generally about 0.0001 to about 4 molar equivalents, preferably about 0.01 to about 2 molar equivalents, per 1 mol of compound (IX), and the amount of the cocatalyst to be used is about 0.0001 to about 4 molar equivalents, preferably about 0.01 to about 2 molar equivalents, per 1 mol of compound (IX).
As the base to be used, for example, organic amines (trimethylamine, triethylamine, diisopropylamine, N- methylmorpholine, 1, 8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-ene, pyridine, N, N-dimethylaniline, etc.), alkali metal salts (sodium hydrogen carbonate, potassium hydrogen carbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, sodium phosphate, potassium phosphate, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, etc.), metal hydrides (potassium hydride, sodium hydride, etc.), alkali metal alkoxides (sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, sodium t-butoxide, potassium t- butoxide, etc.), alkali disilazides (lithium disilazide, sodium disilazide, potassium disilazide, etc.) and the like can be mentioned. Of these, alkali metal salts such as potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, sodium phosphate, potassium phosphate and the like; alkali metal alkoxides such as sodium t-butoxide, potassium t-butoxide and the like; organic amines such as triethylamine, diisopropylamine and the like; and the like are preferable. The amount of the base to be used is about 0.1 to about 10 molar equivalents, preferably about 1 to about 5 molar equivalents, per 1 mol of compound
(IX) •
The solvent to be used may be any as long as it does not adversely affect the reaction and, for example, hydrocarbons (benzene, toluene, xylene, etc.), halogenated hydrocarbons (chloroform, 1, 2-dichloroethane, etc.), nitriles (acetonitrile, etc.), ethers (dimethoxyethane, tetrahydrofuran, etc.) , alcohols (methanol, ethanol, etc.), aprotic polar solvents (N, N-dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, hexamethylphosphoramide, etc.), water or a mixture thereof can be used. The reaction temperature is generally about -1O0C to about 2000C, preferably about O0C to about 15O0C, and the reaction time is generally about 0.5 to about 48 hr, preferably about 0.5 to about 16 hr. [Method D]
Figure imgf000058_0001
(Xl) (Ia) wherein each symbol is as defined above.
In this reaction, a compound represented by the formula (XI) or a salt thereof (hereinafter to be referred to as compound (XI)) is subjected to a coupling reaction with a compound represented by the formula (XII):
Figure imgf000058_0002
(XII) wherein each symbol is as defined above, or a salt thereof to give compound (Ia), which can be performed by a method similar to the method described in Method C.
Compound (XI) to be used as a starting compound in this method can be produced according to the production method described in WO03/101964 and the like.
In the above-mentioned method, by using, as a starting compound, an optically active compound represented by the formula (Va) :
Figure imgf000059_0001
(Va) wherein each symbol is as defined above (hereinafter to be referred to as compound (Va) ) instead' of amine compound (V) , optically active compound (I) can be produced. Compound (Va) to be used as a starting compound in this method can be produced according to the production method described in WO03/101964 and the like.
When compound (I) is obtained as a free compound in the above-mentioned method, a salt with for example, inorganic acids (e.g., hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, hydrobromic acid, etc.), organic acids (e.g., methanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, toluenesulfonic acid, oxalic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, tartaric acid, etc.), inorganic bases (e.g., alkali metals such as sodium, potassium, etc.; alkaline earth metals such as calcium, magnesium, etc.; aluminum, ammonium, etc.), or organic bases (e.g., trimethylamine, triethylamine, pyridine, picoline, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, dicyclohexylamine, N, N' -dibenzylethylenediamine, etc.) and the like can be produced in a routine manner. When compound (I) is obtained in the form of a salt, the compound can be converted to a free compound or another salt in a routine manner.
In addition, when the starting compound forms a salt in each of the above-mentioned reactions, the compound may be used as a salt. Such salt includes, for example, those exemplified as a salt of compound (I) .
Compound (I) thus produced by such method can be isolated and purified by a typical separation means such as recrystallization, distillation, chromatography, etc. When compound (I) contains an optical isomer, a stereoisomer, a regioisomer or a rotamer, these are also encompassed in compound (I), and can be obtained as a single product according to synthesis and separation methods known per se (e.g., concentration, solvent extraction, column chromatography, recrystallization, etc.). For example, when compound (I) has an optical isomer, an optical isomer resolved from this compound is also encompassed in compound (I) .
The optical isomer can be produced by a method known per se. To be specific, an optically active synthetic intermediate is used, or the final racemate product is subjected to optical resolution according to a conventional method to give an optical isomer.
The method of optical resolution may be a method known per se, such as a fractional recrystallization method, a chiral column method, a diastereomer method, etc.
1) Fractional recrystallization method A method wherein a salt of a racemate with an optically active compound (e.g., (÷)-mandelic acid, (-)-mandelic acid, (+) -tartaric acid, (-) -tartaric acid, (+) -1-phenethylamine, (-) -1-phenethylamine, cinchonine, (-) -cinchonidine, brucine, etc.) is formed, which is separated by a fractional recrystallization method, and if desired, a free optical isomer is obtained by a neutralization step.
2) Chiral column method
A method wherein a racemate or a salt thereof is applied to a column for separation of an optical isomer (a chiral column) to allow separation. In the case of a liquid chromatography, for example, a mixture of the optical isomers is applied to a chiral column such as ENANTIO-OVM (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) , CHIRAL series (manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industries, Ltd.) and the like, and developed with water, various buffers (e.g., phosphate buffer, etc.) and organic solvents (e.g., ethanol, methanol, isopropanol, acetonitrile, trifluoroacetic acid, diethylamine, etc.) solely or in admixture to separate the optical isomer. In the case of a gas chromatography, for example, a chiral column such as CP-Chirasil-DeX CB (manufactured by GL Sciences Inc.) and the like is used to allow separation.
3) Diastereomer method
A method wherein a racemic mixture is prepared into a diastereomeric mixture by chemical reaction with an optically active reagent, which is made into a single substance by a typical separation means (e.g., a fractional recrystallization method, a chromatography method, etc.) and the like, and is subjected to a chemical treatment such as hydrolysis and the like to separate an optically active reagent moiety, whereby an optical isomer is obtained. For example, when compound (I) contains hydroxy, or primary or secondary amino in a molecule, the compound and an optically active organic acid (MTPA [α~ methoxy-α- (trifluoromethyl) phenylacetic acid], (-)- menthoxyacetic acid, etc.) and the like are subjected to condensation reaction to give diastereomers in the ester form or in the amide form, respectively. When compound (I) has a carboxylic acid group, this compound and an optically active amine or an alcohol reagent are subjected to condensation reaction to give diastereomers in the amide form or in the ester form, respectively. The separated diastereomer is converted to an optical isomer of the original compound by acid hydrolysis or base hydrolysis.
Compound (I) may be in the form of a crystal. The crystal of compound (I) can be produced by crystallization of compound (I) by a crystallization method known per se.
Examples of the crystallization method include a method of crystallization from a solution, a method of crystallization from vapor, a method of crystallization from the melts and the like.
The "crystallization from a solution" is typically a method of shifting a non-saturated state to supersaturated state by varying factors involved in solubility of compounds (solvent composition, pH, temperature, ionic strength, redox state, etc.) or the amount of solvent. To be specific, for example, a concentration method, a cooling method, a reaction method (a diffusion method, an electrolysis method) , a hydrothermal growth method, a flux method and the like can be mentioned. Examples of the solvent to be used include aromatic hydrocarbons (e.g., benzene, toluene, xylene, etc.), halogenated hydrocarbons (e.g., dichloromethane, chloroform, etc.), saturated hydrocarbons (e.g., hexane, heptane, cyclohexane, etc.), ethers (e.g., diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, etc.), nitriles (e.g., acetonitrile, etc.), ketones (e.g., acetone, etc.), sulfoxides (e.g., dimethyl sulfoxide, etc.), acid amides (e.g., N, N- dimethylformamide, etc.), esters (e.g., ethyl acetate, etc.), alcohols (e.g., methanol, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, etc.), water and the like. These solvents are used alone or in a combination of two or more at a suitable ratio (e.g., 1:1 to 1:100 (a volume ratio)). Where necessary, a seed crystal can be used.
The "crystallization from vapor" is, for example, a vaporization method (a sealed tube method, a gas stream method) , a gas phase reaction method, a chemical transportation method and the like.
The "crystallization from the melts" is, for example, a normal freezing method (a Czockralski method, a temperature gradient method and a Bridgman method, etc.), a zone melting method (a zone leveling method and a floating zone method, etc.), a special growth method (a VLS method and a liquid phase epitaxy method, etc.) and the like.
Preferable examples of the crystallization method include a method of dissolving compound (I) in a suitable solvent
(e.g., alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, etc., and the like) at a temperature of 20 to 12O0C, and cooling the resulting solution to a temperature not higher than the temperature of dissolution (e.g., 0 to 5O0C, preferably 0 to 200C) and the like. The thus obtained crystals of the present invention can be isolated, for example, by filtration and the like.
As the analysis method of the obtained crystals, crystal analysis by powder X-ray diffraction is generally employed. As a method for determining the crystal orientation, mechanical methods, optical methods and the like can also be mentioned.
The crystal of compound (I) obtained by the above- mentioned production method (hereinafter to be abbreviated as "crystal of the present invention") has high purity and high quality, shows low hygroscopicity, is not denatured even after a long-term preservation under normal conditions, and is extremely superior in stability. In addition, it is superior in biological properties (pharmacokinetics (absorption, distribution, metabolism, excretion) and efficacy expression, etc.), and therefore, extremely useful as a medicament.
In the present specification, the specific rotation ([(X]D) means, for example, a specific rotation measured using a polarimeter (JASCO, P-1030 polarimeter (No. AP-2)) and the like. In the present specification, the melting point means that measured using, for example, a micromelting point apparatus (Yanako, MP-500D) or a DSC (differential scanning calorimetry) device (SEIKO, EXSTAR6000) and the like.
In the present specification, the peak by a powder X-ray diffraction means that measured using, for example, RINT
Ultima* 2100 (Rigaku Corporation), etc. with a Cu-Ka ray as a ray source.
In general, the melting points and the peak by a powder X-ray diffraction vary depending on the measurement apparatuses, the measurement conditions and the like. The crystal in the present specification may show different values from the melting point or the peak by a powder X-ray diffraction described in the present specification vary depending on the measurement apparatuses, as long as they are within each of a general error range. The compound of the present invention has excellent antagonistic action for a tachykinin receptor, particularly substance P receptor antagonistic action including inhibitory action for the increased permeability of blood vessel of a trachea induced by capsaicin, neurokinin A receptor antagonistic action. The compound of the present invention has low toxicity and thus it is safe.
Accordingly, the compound of the present invention having excellent antagonistic action for substance P receptors and neurokinin A receptors, etc. can be used as a safe medicine for preventing and treating the following diseases related to substance P in mammals (e.g., mice, rats, hamsters, rabbits, cats, dogs, bovines, sheep, monkeys, humans, etc.). (1) Lower urinary tract symptoms [for example, dysuria such as an overactive bladder, lower urinary tract symptoms associated with benign prostatic hyperplasia, a pelvic visceral pain, lower urinary tract symptoms associated with chronic prostatitis, lower urinary tract symptoms associated with interstitial cystitis and the like] (2) Digestive organ diseases [for example, an irritable bowel syndrome, inflammatory bowel disease, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, diseases caused by a spiral urease-positive gram-negative bacterium (e.g., Helicobacter pylori, etc.) (e.g., gastritis, gastric ulcer, etc.), gastric cancer, postgastrostomy disorder, indigestion, esophageal ulcer, pancreatitis, polyp of the colon, cholelithiasis, hemorrhoids, peptic ulcer, situational ileitis, vomiting, nausea, etc.]
(3) Inflammatory or allergic diseases [for example, allergic rhinitis, conjunctivitis, gastrointestinal allergy, pollinosis, anaphylaxis, dermatitis, herpes, psoriasis, bronchitis, expectoration, retinopathy, postoperative and posttraumatic inflammation, puffiness, pharyngitis, cystitis, meningitidis, inflammatory ophthalmic diseases, etc.]
(4) Osteoarthropathy diseases [for example, rheumatoid arthritis (chronic rheumatoid arthritis) , arthritis deformans, rheumatoid myelitis, osteoporosis, abnormal growth of cells, bone fracture, bone refracture, osteomalacia, osteopenia, Paget' s disease of bone, rigid myelitis, articular tissue destruction by gonarthrosis deformans and similar diseases thereto, etc. ]
(5) Respiratory diseases [for example, cold syndrome, pneumonia, asthma, pulmonary hypertension, pulmonary thrombi/pulmonary obliteration, pulmonary sarcoidosis, pulmonary tuberculosis, interstitial pneumonia, silicosis, adult respiratory distress syndrome, chronic obstructive pulmonary diseases, cough, etc.]
(6) Infectious diseases [HIV infectious diseases, virus infectious diseases due to cytomegalo virus, influenza virus, herpes virus and the like, rickettsia infectious diseases, bacterial infectious diseases, sexually-transmitted diseases, carinii pneumonia, helicobacter pylori infectious disease, systemic fungal infectious diseases, tuberculosis, invasive staphylococcal infectious diseases, acute viral encephalitis, acute bacterial meningitidis, AIDS encephalitis, septicemia, sepsis, sepsis gravis, septic shock, endotoxin shock, toxic shock syndromes, etc.]
(7) Cancers [for example, primary, metastatic or recurrent breast cancer, prostatic cancer, pancreatic cancer, gastric cancer, lung cancer, colorectal cancer (colon cancer, rectal cancer, anal cancer) , esophagus cancer, duodenal cancer, head and neck cancer (tongue cancer, pharynx cancer, larynx cancer) , brain tumor, neurinoma, non-small cell lung cancer, small cell lung cancer, hepatic cancer, renal cancer, colic cancer, uterine cancer (cancer of the uterine body, uterine cervical cancer) , ovarian cancer, bladder cancer, skin cancer, hemangioma, malignant lymphoma, malignant melanoma, thyroid cancer, bone tumor, angiofibroma, retinosarcoma, penis cancer, pediatric solid cancer, Kaposi's sarcoma, Kaposi's sarcoma caused by AIDS, tumor of the maxillary sinus, fibrous histiocytoma, smooth muscle sarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, liposarcoma, fibroid tumors of the uterus, osteoblastoma, osteosarcoma, chondrosarcoma, carcinomatous mesothelial tumor, tumors such as leukemia, Hodgkin' s disease, etc.]
(8) Central nerve diseases [for example, neurodegenerative diseases (e.g., Alzheimer's disease, Down's disease,
Parkinson's disease, Creutzfeldt-Jakob' s disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS) , Huntington chorea, diabetic neuropathy, multiple sclerosis, etc.), mental diseases (e.g., schizophrenia, depression, mania, anxiety neurosis, obsessive- compulsive neurosis, panic disorder, epilepsy, alcohol dependence, an anxiety symptom, anxious mental state, etc.), central and peripheral nerve disorders (e.g., head trauma, spinal cord injury, brain edema, disorders of sensory function, abnormality of sensory function, disorders of autonomic nervous function and abnormality of autonomic nervous function, whiplash injury, etc.), memory disorders (e.g., senile dementia, amnesia, cerebrovascular dementia, etc.), cerebrovascular disorders (e.g., disorders and aftereffect and/or complication from intracerebral hemorrhage, brain infarction, etc., asymptomatic cerebro-vascular accident, transient cerebral ischemic attack, hypertensive encephalopathia, blood-brain barrier disorder, etc.), recurrence and aftereffect of cerebro-vascular accident (e.g., neural symptoms, mental symptoms, subjective symptoms, disorders of daily living activities, etc.), post- cerebrovascular occlusion central hypofunction, disorder or abnormality ' of autoregulation of cerebral circulation and/or renal circulation, sleep disorder (insomnia), etc.]
(9) Circulatory diseases [for example, acute coronary artery syndromes (e.g., acute cardiac infarction, unstable angina, etc.), peripheral arterial obstruction, Raynaud's disease, Buerger disease, restenosis after coronary-artery intervention (percutaneous transluminal coronary angioplasty (PTCA), directional coronary atherectomy (DCA), stenting, etc.), restenosis after coronary-artery bypass operation, restenosis after intervention (angioplasty, atherectomy, stenting, etc.) or bypass operation in other peripheral artery, ischemic cardiac diseases (e.g., cardiac infarction, angina, etc.), myocarditis, intermittent claudication, lacunar infarction, arteriosclerosis (e.g., atherosclerosis, etc.), cardiac failure (acute cardiac failure, chronic cardiac failure accompanied by congestion) , arrhythmia, progress of atherosclerotic plaque, thrombosis, hypertension, hypertensive tinnitus, hypotension, etc.] (10) Pains [e.g., migraine, neuralgia, pelvic visceral pain including cystalgia, etc.]
(11) Autoimmune diseases [for example, collagen disease, systemic lupus erythematosus, scleroderma, polyarteritis, myasthenia gravis, multiple sclerosis, Sjogren's syndrome, Behcet's disease, etc.]
(12) Hepatic diseases [e.g., hepatitis (including chronic hepatitis), cirrhosis, interstitial hepatic diseases, etc.]
(13) Pancreatic diseases [e.g., pancreatitis (including chronic pancreatitis) , etc. ] (14) Renal diseases [e.g., nephritis, glomerulonephritis, glomerulosclerosis, renal failure, thrombotic microangiopathy, dialysis complications, organ disorders including nephropathia by radiation, diabetic nephropathia, etc. ]
(15) Metabolic diseases [e.g., diabetic diseases (insulin- dependent diabetes, diabetic complications, diabetic retinopathy, diabetic microangiopathy, diabetic neuropathy, etc.), glucose tolerance abnormality, obesity, benign prostatic hyperplasia, sexual dysfunction, etc.]
(16) Endocrine diseases [e.g., Addison's disease, Cushing's syndrome, melanocytoma, primary aldosteronism, etc.]
(17) Other diseases
(a) Transplant rejection [e.g., posttransplantational rejection, posttransplantational polycythemia, hypertension, organ disorder and/or vascular hypertrophy, graft-versus-host disease, etc. ] (b) Abnormality in characteristic of blood and/or blood components [e.g., enhancement in platelet aggregation, abnormality of erythrocyte deformability, enhancement in leukocyte adhesiveness, increase in blood viscosity, polycythemia, vascular peliosis, autoimmune hemolytic anemia, disseminated intravascular coagulation syndrome (DIC), multiple myelopathy, etc.]
(c) Gynecologic diseases [e.g., climacteric disorder, gestational toxicosis, endometriosis, hysteromyoma, ovarian disease, mammary disease, etc.]
(d) Dermatic diseases [e.g., keloid, angioma, psoriasis, pruritus, etc. ]
(e) Ophthalmic diseases [e.g., glaucoma, ocular hypertension disease, etc. ] (f) Otolaryngological diseases [e.g., Menuel syndrome, tinnitus, gustation disorder, dizziness, disequilibrium, dysphagia, etc.]
(g) Diseases due to environmental and/or occupational factors
(e.g., radiation disorder, disorders by ultraviolet ray infrared ray laser ray, altitude sickness, etc.)
(h) Ataxia
(i) Chronic fatigue syndrome
Of these diseases, the compounds of the present invention are particularly useful as tachykinin receptor antagonists, an agent for improving lower urinary tract symptoms such as urinary frequency, urinary incontinence and the like and a therapeutic drug for the above-mentioned lower urinary tract symptoms .
Pharmaceutical preparations comprising compound of the present invention may be in any solid forms of powders, granules, tablets, capsules, suppositories, etc., and in any liquid forms of syrups, emulsions, injections, suspensions, etc.
The pharmaceutical preparations comprising compound of the present invention can be produced by any conventional methods, for example, blending, kneading, granulation, tabletting, coating, sterilization, emulsification, etc., in accordance with the forms of the preparations to be produced. For the production of such pharmaceutical preparations, for example, each of the items in General Rules for Preparations in the Japanese Pharmacopoeia, can be made reference to. In addition, the pharmaceutical preparations of the present invention may be formulated into a sustained release preparation containing active ingredients and biodegradable polymer compounds. The sustained release preparation can be produced according to the method described in JP-A-9-263545.
In the pharmaceutical preparations of the present invention, the content of the compound of the present invention or a salt thereof varies depending on the forms of the preparations, but is generally in a range of about 0.01 to 100 % by weight, preferably about 0.1 to 50 % by weight, more preferably 0.5 to 20 % by weight, relative to the total weight of each preparation.
When the compound of the present invention is used in the above-mentioned pharmaceutical preparations, it may be used alone, or in admixture with a suitable, pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for example, excipients (e.g., starch, lactose, sucrose, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate, etc.), binders (e.g., starch, arabic gum, carboxymethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, crystalline cellulose, alginic acid, gelatin, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, etc.), lubricants (e.g., stearic acid, magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, talc, etc.), disintegrants (e.g., calcium carboxymethylcellulose, talc, etc.), diluents (e.g., water for injection, physiological saline, etc.) and if desired, with the additives (e.g., a stabilizer, a preservative, a colorant, a fragrance, a dissolution aid, an emulsifier, a buffer, an isotonic agent, etc.) and the like, by ordinary methods. It can be formulated into the solid preparations such as powders, fine granules, granules, tablets, capsules, etc., or into the liquid preparations such as injections, etc., and can be administered non-parenterally or parenterally.
The dose of the pharmaceutical preparation of the present invention varies depending on the kinds of the compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, the administration route, the condition and the age of patients, etc. For example, the dose for oral administration of the pharmaceutical preparation to an adult patient suffering from dysuria is generally from about 0.005 to 50 mg/kg body/day, preferably from about 0.05 to 10 mg/kg body/day, more preferably from about 0.2 to 4 mg/kg body/day, in terms of the compound of the present invention, which may be administered once a day or in two or three divided portions a day. The dose when the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention is a sustained release preparation varies depending on the kinds and the content of compound (I), the formulation, the duration time of drug release, the animals to be administered (e.g., mammals such as humans, rats, mice, cats, dogs, rabbits, bovines, pigs, etc.), and the purpose of administration. For example, when it is applied by parenteral administration, preferably about 0.1 to about 100 mg of compound (I) is released from the preparation for 1 week.
The compound of the present invention can be used in a mixture or combination with other pharmaceutically active ingredients at a suitable ratio.
Combination of the compound of the present invention with other pharmaceutically active ingredients can give the following excellent effects: (1) a dose can be reduced as compared with separate administration of the compound of the present invention or other pharmaceutically active ingredients. More specifically, when the compound of the present invention is combined with anticholinergic agents or NK-2 receptor antagonists, the dose can be reduced as compared with separate administration of anticholinergic agents or NK-2 receptor antagonists, and therefore, side effects such as dry mouth can be reduced;
(2) according to symptoms of patient (mild symptoms, severe symptoms, etc.), a drug to be combined with the compound of the present invention can be selected;
(3) by choosing other pharmaceutically active ingredients which have different mechanism of action from that of the compound of the present invention, the therapeutic period can be designed longer; (4) by choosing other pharmaceutically active ingredients which have different mechanism of action from that of the compound of the present invention, continuation of therapeutic effects can be obtained; and (5) by combining the compound of the present invention and other pharmaceutically active ingredients, excellent effects such as synergic effects can be obtained.
A drug which is mixed or combined with the compound of the present invention (hereinafter, briefly referred to as combination drugs) includes the following: (1) Agent for treating diabetes
Insulin preparations (e.g., animal insulin preparations extracted from the bovine or swine pancreas; human insulin preparations synthesized by a genetic engineering technique using Escherichia coli or a yeast; insulin zinc; protamine zinc insulin; a fragment or a derivative of insulin (e.g., INS-I, etc.), insulin sensitizers (e.g., pioglitazone hydrochloride, troglitazone, rosiglitazone or its maleate, JTT-501, MCC-555, YM-440, GI-262570, KRP-297, FK-614, CS-OIl, etc.), α-glucosidase inhibitors (e.g., voglibose, acarbose, miglitol, emiglitate, etc.), biguanides (e.g., phenformin, metformin, buformin, etc.), sulfonylureas (e.g., tolbutamide, glibenclamide, gliclazide, chlorpropamide, tolazamide, acetohexamide, glyclopyramide, glimepiride, etc.) and other insulin secretagogues (e.g., repaglinide, senaglinide, mitiglinide or its calcium salt hydrate, GLP-I, nateglinide, etc.), dipeptidylpeptidase IV inhibitors (e.g., NVP-DPP-278, PT-100, P32/98, etc.), β3 agonists (e.g., CL-316243, SR-58611- A, UL-TG-307, AJ-9677, AZ40140, etc.), amylin agonists (e.g., pramlintide, etc.), phosphotyrosine phosphatase inhibitors (e.g., vanadic acid, etc.), gluconeogenesis inhibitors (e.g., glycogen phosphorylase inhibitors, glucose-6-phosphatase inhibitors, glucagon antagonists, etc.), SGLT (sodium-glucose cotransporter) inhibitors (e.g., T-1095, etc.) and the like.
(2) Agent for treating diabetic complications Aldose reductase inhibitors (e.g., tolrestat, epalrestat, zenarestat, zopolrestat, fidarestat (SNK-860), minalrestat (ARI-509) , CT-112, etc.), neurotrophic factors (e.g., NGF, NT- 3, etc.), AGE inhibitors (e.g., ALT-945, pimagedine, pyratoxathine, N-phenacylthiazolium bromide (ALT-766) , EXO- 226, etc.), active oxygen scavengers (e.g., thioctic acid, etc.), cerebral vasodilators (e.g., tiapuride, etc.) and the like.
(3) Antihyperlipidemic agent
Statin compounds inhibiting cholesterol synthesis (e.g., pravastatin, simvastatin, lovastatin, atorvastatin, fluvastatin, cerivastatin or their salts (e.g., sodium salt, etc.), etc.), squalene synthase inhibitors or fibrate compounds having triglyceride lowering action (e.g., bezafibrate, clofibrate, simfibrate, clinofibrate, etc. ) and the like.
(4) Hypotensive agent
Angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors (e.g., captopril, enalapril, delapril, etc.), angiotensin II antagonists (e.g., losartan, candesartan cilexetil, etc.), calcium antagonists (e.g., manidipine, nifedipine, amlodipine, efonidipine, nicardipine, etc.), clonidine, and the like.
(5) Antiobesity agent
Antiobesity drugs acting on the central nervous system (e.g. dexfenfluramine, fenfluramine, phentermine, sibutramine, anfepramone, dexamphetamine, mazindol, phenylpropanolamine, clobenzorex, etc.), pancreatic lipase inhibitors (e.g. orlistat, etc.), β3 agonists (e.g. CL-316243, SR-58611-A, UL- TG-307, AJ-9677, AZ40140, etc.), anorectic peptides (e.g. leptin, CNTF (Ciliary Neurotrophic Factor), etc.), cholecystokinin agonists (e.g. lintitript, FPL-15849, etc.), cannabinoid CBl receptor antagonists (e.g., rimonabant), and the like. (6) Diuretic agent
Xanthine derivatives (e.g., theobromine sodium salicylate, theobromine calcium salicylate, etc.), thiazide preparations (e.g., ethiazide, cyclopenthiazide, trichlormethiazide, hydrochlorothiazide, hydroflumethiazide, benzylhydrochlorothiazide, penflutizide, polythiazide, methyclothiazide, etc.), antialdosterone preparations (e.g., spironolactone, triamterene, etc. ) , carbonic anhydrase inhibitors (e.g., acetazolamide, etc.), chlorobenzenesulfonamide preparations (e.g., chlorthalidone, mefruside, indapamide, etc.), azosemide, isosorbide, ethacrynic acid, piretanide, bumetanide, furosemide, etc. (7) Chemotherapeutic agent
Alkylating agents (e.g., cyclophosphamide, ifosamide, etc.), metabolic antagonists (e.g., methotrexate, 5- fluorouracil, etc.), antitumor antibiotics (e.g., mitomycin, adriamycin, etc.), plant-derived antitumor agents (e.g., vincristine, vindesine, taxol, etc.), cisplatin, carboplatin, etoposide, etc. Among these, 5-fluorouracil derivatives such as Furtulon and Neo-Furtulon are preferred. (8) Immunotherapeutic agent
Microorganism- or bacterium-derived components (e.g., muramyl dipeptide derivatives, Picibanil, etc.), immunopotentiator polysaccharides (e.g., lentinan, schizophyllan, krestin, etc.), genetically engineered cytokines (e.g., interferons, interleukins (IL), etc.), colony stimulating factors (e.g., granulocyte colony stimulating factor, erythropoietin, etc.) and the like. Among these, IL-I, IL-2, IL-12, etc. are preferred.
(9) Therapeutic agent recognized to ameliorate cachexia in animal models or clinical practice
Progesterone derivatives (e.g., megestrol acetate) [Journal of Clinical Oncology, vol. 12, pp. 213-225, 1994], metoclopramide pharmaceuticals, tetrahydrocannabinol pharmaceuticals (the above references are applied to both) , fat metabolism ameliorating agents (e.g., eicosapentanoic acid) [British Journal of Cancer, vol. 68, pp. 314-318, 1993], growth hormones, IGF-I, and antibodies to the cachexia- inducing factors such as TNF-α, LIF, IL-6 and oncostatin M.
(10) Antiinflammatory agent
Steroids (e.g., dexamethasone, etc.), sodium hyaluronate, cyclooxygenase inhibitors (e.g., indomethacin, ketoprofen, loxoprofen, meloxicam, ampiroxicam, celecoxib, rofecoxib, etc.) and the like.
(11) Miscellaneous
Glycosylation inhibitors (e.g., ALT-711, etc.), nerve regeneration promoting drugs (e.g., Y-128, VX853, prosaptide, etc.), drugs acting on the central nervous system (e.g., antidepressants such as desipramine, amitriptyline, imipramine, fluoxetine, paroxetine, doxepin, duloxetine, venlafaxine, etc.), anticonvulsants (e.g., lamotrigine, carbamazepine, gabapentin) , antiarrhythmic drugs (e.g., mexiletine), acetylcholine receptor ligands (e.g., ABT-594), endothelin receptor antagonists (e.g., ABT-627), monoamine uptake inhibitors (e.g., tramadol), indoleamine uptake inhibitors (e.g., fluoxetine, paroxetine), narcotic analgesics (e.g., morphine), nonnarcotic analgesics (e.g., buprenorphine, axomadol), GABA receptor agonists, GABA uptake inhibitors (e.g., tiagabine) , α∑ receptor agonists (e.g., clonidine) , local analgesics (e.g., capsaicin), protein kinase C inhibitors (e.g., LY-333531), antianxiety drugs (e.g., benzodiazepines), phosphodiesterase inhibitors (e.g., sildenafil), dopamine receptor agonists (e.g., apomorphine) , dopamine receptor antagonists (e.g., haloperidol) , serotonin receptor agonists (e.g., tandospirone citrate, sumatryptan, tegaserod) , serotonin receptor antagonists (e.g., cyproheptadine hydrochloride, ondansetron) , serotonin uptake inhibitors (e.g., fluvoxamine maleate, fluoxetine, paroxetine), sleep inducing drugs (e.g., triazolam, Zolpidem), hypnotics (e.g., ramelteon) , anticholinergic agents, αi receptor blocking agents (e.g., tamsulosin, urapidil, naftopidil, silodosin) , agents for treating overactive bladder (e.g., flavoxate hydrochloride), muscle relaxants (e.g., baclofen, etc.), potassium channel openers (e.g., nicorandil) , calcium channel blocking agents (e.g., nifedipine), chloride channel openers (activators) (e.g., lubiprostone) , agents for preventing and/or treating Alzheimer's disease (e.g., donepezil, rivastigmine, galanthamine) , agents for treating Parkinson's disease (e.g., L-dopa) , agents for preventing and/or treating multiple sclerosis (e.g., interferon β-la) , histamine Hi receptor inhibitors (e.g., promethazine hydrochloride), proton pump inhibitors (e.g., lansoprazole, omeprazole), antithrombotic agents (e.g., aspirin, cilostazol), NK-2 receptor antagonists, NK-3 receptor antagonists (e.g., talnetant) , agents of treating HIV infection (saquinavir, zidovudine, lamivudine, nevirapine) , agents of treating chronic obstructive pulmonary diseases (salmeterol, thiotropium bromide, cilomilast) , diuretic agents (e.g., furosemide) , antidiuretic agents (e.g., vasopressin V2 receptor agonist), etc.
Anticholinergic agents include, for example, atropine, scopolamine, homatropine, tropicamide, cyclopentolate, butylscopolamine bromide, propantheline bromide, methylbenactyzium bromide, mepenzolate bromide, pirenzepine, ipratropium bromide, trihexyphenidyl, oxybutynin, propiverine, darifenacin, tolterodine, solifenacin, temiverine, trospium chloride or a salt thereof (e.g., atropine sulfate, scopolamine hydrogen bromide, homatropine hydrogen bromide, cyclopentolate hydrochloride, pirenzepine hydrochloride, trihexyphenidyl hydrochloride, oxybutynin hydrochloride, tolterodine tartrate, solifenacin succinate, etc.)? preferably, oxybutynin, propiverine, darifenacin, tolterodine, solifenacin, temiverine, trospium chloride or a salt thereof (e.g., oxybutynin hydrochloride, tolterodine tartrate, solifenacin succinate, etc.). In addition, acetylcholinesterase inhibitors (e.g., distigmine, etc.) and the like can be used. NK-2 receptor antagonists include, for example, a piperidine derivative such as GR159897, GR149861, SR48968 (saredutant) , SR144190, YM35375, YM38336, ZD7944, L-743986, MDL105212A, ZD6021, MDL105172A, SCH205528, SCH62373, R-113281, etc., a perhydroisoindole derivative such as RPR-106145, etc., a quinoline derivative such as SB-414240, etc., a pyrrolopyrimidine derivative such as ZM-253270, etc., a pseudopeptide derivative such as MEN11420 (nepadutant) , SCH217048, L-659877, PD-147714 (CAM-2291), MEN10376, S16474, etc., and others such as GR100679, DNK333, GR94800, UK-224671, MEN10376, MEN10627, or a salt thereof, and the like.
The pharmaceutical composition comprising a mixture or combination of the compound of the present invention and the combination drugs may be formulated into
(1) a single formulation as a pharmaceutical composition containing the compound of the present invention and the combination drugs, or
(2) a formulation comprising the compound of the present invention and the combination drugs which are separately formulated. Hereinafter, it is generally briefly referred to as the combination preparation of the present invention.
The combination preparation of the present invention can be formulated by mixing the compound of the present invention and active ingredients of the combination drugs separately or at the same time as itself or with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers in the same manner as in the method of producing the pharmaceutical preparation comprising the compound of the present invention.
A daily dose of the combination preparation of the present invention varies depending on severity of the symptoms, age, sex, weight and sensitivity of the subject to be administered, time and interval of administration, property, formulation and kinds of pharmaceutical preparation, kinds of active ingredients, etc., and is not particularly limited. The dose in terms of the compound of the present invention is not particularly limited if it causes no problems of side effects. In the case of oral administration, a daily dosage is usually in a range of about 0.005 to 100 mg, preferably about 0.05 to 50 mg, and more preferably about 0.2 to 30 mg, per 1 kg body weight of mammals, which may be administered once a day or in two or three divided portions a day.
The dose of the compound or the combination preparation of the present invention may be set within the range such that it causes no problems of side effects. The daily dose as the compound or the combination preparation of the present invention varies depending on severity of symptoms, age, sex, weight and sensitivity of the subject to be administered, time and interval of administration, property, formulation and kinds of pharmaceutical preparation, kinds of active ingredients, etc., and is not particularly limited. In the case of oral administration, a daily dosage in terms of active ingredients is usually in a range of about 0.001 to 2000 mg, preferably about 0.01 to 500 mg, and more preferably about 0.1 to 100 mg, per 1 kg body weight of mammals, which may be - administered once a day or in two to four divided portions a day.
In administering the combination preparation of the present invention, the compound of the present invention and the combination drugs may be administered at the same time or, the combination drugs may be administered before administering the compound of the present invention, and vice versa. In case of staggered administration, the time interval varies depending on the active ingredients to be administered, a formulation and an administration route. For example, if the combination drugs are administered first, the compound of the present invention may be administered 1 minute to 3 days, preferably 10 minutes to 1 day, more preferably 15 minutes to 1 hour after administering the combination drugs. If the compound of the present invention is administered first, the combination drugs may be administered 1 minute to 1 day, preferably 10 minutes to 6 hours, more preferably 15 minutes to 1 hour after administering the compound of the present invention.
In a preferred administration method, about 0.001 to 200 mg/kg of the combination drugs formulated as an oral preparation is administered orally and then after about 15 minutes, about 0.005 to 100 mg/kg of the compound of the present invention formulated as an oral preparation is administered orally as a daily dose. In the combination preparation of the present invention, the content of the compound of the present invention varies depending on the forms of the preparation, but usually in the order of 0.01 to 100 wt%, preferably 0.1 to 50 wt%, and further preferably 0.5 to 20 wt%, relative to the total preparation.
Examples
The present invention is further described in detail with reference to Reference Examples, Examples, Preparative Examples and Experimental Example, which are not intended. to restrict the invention and may be modified without departing from the scope of the invention.
Elution in the column chromatography in the following Reference Examples and Examples was conducted under observation by TLC (thin layer chromatography) , unless otherwise indicated. In the TLC observation, 60F254, TLC plates, produced by Merck & Co., Inc. was used, and the solvent employed as an elution solvent in the column chromatography was used as an eluent. For the detection, a UV detector was used. As silica gel for the column chromatography, Silica Gel 60 (70 to 230 mesh) produced by Merck & Co., Inc. was used. The "room temperature" here means a temperature of generally from about 1O0C to 35°C. For drying extracts, sodium sulfate or magnesium sulfate was used.
The abbreviations used in the following Examples and Reference Examples mean the following: LC: liquid chromatography MS: mass spectrum ESI: electrospray ionization FAB: fast atom bombardment M: molecular ion peak
NMR: nuclear magnetic resonance Hz: hertz coupling constant m multiplet quartet triplet doublet singlet br: broad dt : double triplet brs: broad singlet tBu: tert-butyl group Boc: tert-butyloxycarbonyl group Rt: retention time N: normal concentration MPa: mega pascal wt%: percent by weight DMF: N, N-dimethylformamide THF: tetrahydrofuran DMSO: dimethyl sulfoxide IPE: diisopropyl ether
TFA: trifluoroacetic acid
HOBt-H2O: 1-hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate
WSC-HCl : l-ethyl-3- (dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide hydrochloride
NaBH(OAc)3: sodium triacetoxyborohydride
Pd (PPh3) 4 : tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium
Et3N: triethylamine
LC-MS in Examples and Reference Examples was measured under the following conditions. Analysis by LC-MS
Measurement instrument: LC-MS system, Waters Corporation
HPLC part: HPlIOO, Agilent Technologies, Inc.
MS part: Micromass ZMD HPLC conditions
Column: CAPCELL PAK C18UG120, S-3 μm, 1.5 x 35 mm (Shiseido Co. , Ltd. )
Solvent: Solution A; 0.05% TFA-containing water, Solution
B; 0.05% TFA-containing acetonitrile Gradient cycle: 0.00 minute (Solution A/Solution
B=90/10) , 2.00 minutes (Solution A/Solution B=5/95) , 2.75 minutes (Solution A/Solution B=5/95), 2.76 minutes
(Solution A/Solution B=90/10) , 3.60 minutes (Solution
A/Solution B=90/10) Injection volume: 2 μL, Flow rate: 0.5 mL/min,
Detection method: UV 220 ran MS conditions
Ionization method: ESI
Chiral HPLC conditions (measurement of diastereomer excess and enantiomer excess in Reference Example 1)
Column: CHIRALCEL OD-RH 4.6 mmID x 150 mm
Solvent: 50 mM potassium dihydrogen phosphate (pH
8.0) /acetonitrile=85/15
Injection volume: 20 μL Flow rate: 0.3 mL/min Temperature: 400C Detection method: UV 220 nm
In Examples, the reaction by microwave was carried out in the following apparatus. Instrument: Biotage, Emrys Optimizer
Reference Example 1
N-{2- [ (3R, 4S) -4-amino-3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl] -2- oxoethyl } acetamide methanesulfonate N-Acetylglycine (6.44 g) was suspended in acetonitrile (120 mL) . 3-Phenylpiperidin-4-one monohydrochloride (10.58 g) , Et3N (5.06 g) and WSC-HCl (11.50 g) were successively added thereto, and the mixture was stirred at 500C for 2 hr. After allowing to cool to 25°C, brine/3N hydrochloric acid (1:1) (40 mL) was added to partition the mixture. The aqueous layer was extracted again with acetonitrile (60 mL) . The organic layers were combined, and the mixture was washed twice successively with brine/5N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (1:1) (40 mL) and brine (40 mL) . The organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure, and azeotropically concentrated with ethyl acetate. Ethyl acetate (150 mL) and silica gel (10 g) were added to the residue. The mixture was heated to 7O0C and stirred for 30 min. The mixture was heated, and the silica gel was filtered off and washed twice with ethyl acetate (100 mL) . The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and azeotropically concentrated with toluene. Toluene (100 mL) was added to the residue and the residue was dissolved by refluxing. After allowing to cool to 25°C, the precipitated crystals were collected by filtration, and washed twice with toluene (20 mL) . Drying under reduced pressure gave N-[2-oxo- 2- (4-oxo-3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl) ethyl] acetamide (8.70 g) as white crystals.
The obtained N- [2-oxo-2- (4-oxo-3-phenylpiperidin-l- yl) ethyl] acetamide (10 g) was suspended in toluene (50 mL) . (S) -1-Phenylethylamine (6.63 g) and p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (0.35 g) were successively added thereto. While refluxing at 1100C for 3 hr, water was separated with a Dean- Stark apparatus. The mixture was cooled to 250C. Raney-nickel catalyst (30 mL) , ethanol (50 mL) and Et3N (3.69 g) were added. A reduction reaction was carried out at 5O0C under a hydrogen pressure of 0.5-1 MPa until the hydrogen absorption ceased. The reaction mixture was filtered with pressurization in a nitrogen stream, and the Raney-nickel catalyst was washed twice with ethanol (10 mL) . The filtrate and washings were concentrated under reduced pressure. Water (100 mL) was added to the residue and the mixture was refluxed for 30 min. After cooling to room temperature, seed crystals were added and the mixture was stirred for 2 hr. The precipitated crystals were collected by filtration, and washed twice with water (50 mL) . Drying in vacuo at 600C for 3 hr gave N- [2-oxo-2- ( (3R, 4S) -3- phenyl-4-{ [ ( IS) -1-phenylethyl] amino}piperidin-l- yl) ethyl] acetamide (11.64 g) as white crystals.
The obtained N- [2-oxo-2- ( (3R, 4S) -3-phenyl-4- { [ ( IS) -1- phenylethyl] amino}piperidin-l-yl) ethyl] acetamide (10 g) was dissolved in ethanol (200 mL) . 10% Palladium carbon (water wet) (5 g) was added and a reduction reaction was carried out at 5O0C under a hydrogen pressure of 0.5-1 MPa until the hydrogen absorption ceased. The reaction mixture was filtered, and palladium carbon was washed twice with ethanol (20 mL) . The filtrate and washings were concentrated under reduced pressure to give N-{2- [ (3R, 4S) -4-amino-3-phenylpiperidin-l- yl] -2-oxoethyl}acetamide (7.00 g) .
To the obtained N- { 2- [ (3R, 4S) -4-amino-3-phenylpiperidin- 1-yl] -2-oxoethyl }acetamide (7.00 g) was added ethanol (75 mL) and the mixture was dissolved by refluxing for 30 min. After cooling to 650C, methanesulfonic acid (2.53 g) was added thereto. After cooling to 250C, ethyl acetate (150 mL) was added. The precipitated crystals were collected by filtration, and washed twice with ethanol/ethyl acetate (1:3) (40 mL) . Drying under reduced pressure gave white crystals (9.07 g) . Ethanol (75 mL) was added thereto and the mixture was dissolved by refluxing for 30 min. After cooling to 25°C, the mixture was stirred for 3 hr and ethyl acetate (150 mL) was added. The precipitated crystals were collected by filtration, and washed twice with ethanol/ethyl acetate (1:3) (40 mL) . Drying under reduced pressure gave the title compound (8.84 g) as white crystals.
1H-NMR (300MHz, DMSO-d6 ) : δ 1.83-1.91 (2H, m) , 1.88 (3H, s) , 2.33 (3H, s), 3.15 (IH, br) , 3.58-4.06 (7H, m) , 7.30-7.40 (5H, m) , 7.78 (3H, br) , 7.96-8.03 (IH, m) MS(FAB): 372 (M+H) Elemental analysis: C16H25N3O5S-LSH2O
Found C, 48.12; H, 7.00; N, 10.59; S, 8.27 Calcd. C, 48.23; H, 7.08; N, 10.55; S, 8.05 Diastereomer excess: 99.8%de Enantiomer excess: 99.7%ee Reference Example 2
N- (2-{ (3R, 4S) -4- [ (5-bromo-2-methoxybenzyl) amino] -3- phenylpiperidin-1-yl } -2-oxoethyl) acetamide To a solution of the compound (6.2 g) obtained in
Reference Example 1, 5-bromo-2-methoxybenzaldehyde (3.3 g) and acetic acid (2 mL) in methylene chloride (90 mL) was added NaBH(OAc)3 (9.7 g) , and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hr. A saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and then with brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent gradient; 50->100% ethyl acetate/hexane) and crystallized from acetone/IPE to give the title compound (4.68 g, 60%) as white crystals. MS (ESI+) : 474, 476(M+H) Reference Example 3 4-methoxy-2' - (methylthio) biphenyl-3-carbaldehyde A mixture of 5-bromo-2-methoxybenzaldehyde (10 g) , [2- (methylthio) phenyl ]boronic acid (7.8 g) , Pd(PPh3 )4i (1.6 g) and potassium carbonate (12.8 g) in THF/water (2/1) (150 mL) was heated under reflux for 18 hr under a nitrogen atmosphere. After cooling, the reaction mixture was concentrated, and the residue was partitioned between ethyl' acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and then with brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent gradient; 30—»70% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give the title compound (11.5 g, 96%) as a colorless oil.
1H-NMR (300MHz, CDCl3): δ 2.36 (3H, s) , 3.96 (3H, s) , 7.04 (IH, d, J=8.5Hz), 7.19 (IH, d, J=3.6Hz), 7.25-7.36 (3H, m) , 7.64 (IH, dd, J=8.5, 2.4Hz), 7.89 (IH, d, J=2.4Hz), 10.5 (IH, s) Reference Example 4 4-methoxy-2' - (methylsulfonyl) biphenyl-3-carbaldehyde
A solution of the compound (8.5 g) obtained in Reference Example 3 and m-chloroperbenzoic acid (13.1 g) in methylene chloride (100 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 4 hr. Ethanol (1 mL) , ethyl acetate and a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution were added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous potassium carbonate solution, a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution, and then brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent gradient; 30—»70% ethyl acetate/hexane) and crystallized from ethanol/IPE to give the title compound (4.36 g, 46%) as white crystals. Elemental analysis: Ci 5 Hi 4 O4 S Found C, 61.89; H, 4.79 Calcd. C, 62.05; H, 4.86 Reference Examples 5-7 Using (3-formyl-4-methoxyphenyl ) boronic acid and bromobenzene derivative (l-bromo-4-ethynylbenzene for Reference Example 5, 4-bromo-2-fluorobenzonitrile .for Reference Example 6, and 4-bromo-3-methylbenzonitrile for Reference Example 7), the compounds of Reference Examples 5-7 were obtained in the same manner as in the method described in Reference Example 3. Reference Example 5
4 ' -ethynyl-4-methoxybiphenyl-3-carbaldehyde Elemental analysis: Ci 6Hi 2O2 • 0.5H2O Found C, 78.39; H, 5.03 Calcd. C, 78.35; H, 5.34 Reference Example 6
3-fluoro-3' -formyl-4' -methoxybiphenyl-4-carbonitrile Elemental analysis: CI5HI0FNO2 Found C, 70.24; H, 3.95; N, 5.29 Calcd. C, 70.58; H, 3.95; N, 5.49 Reference Example 7
3' -formyl-4' -methoxy-2-methylbiphenyl-4-carbonitrile Elemental analysis: Ci6Hi3NO2-CSH2O Found C, 74.86; H, 5.14; N, 5.10 Calcd. C, 74.87; H, 5.34; N, 5.46 Reference Example 8 3' -formyl-4' - (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-4-carbonitrile
To a solution of diisopropylamine (3.5 mL) in THF (50 mL) was added a 1.6 mol/L n-butyllithium in hexane solution (15 mL) at 00C. After cooling the reaction mixture to -78°C, 1- bromo-4- (trifluoromethoxy) benzene (6.0 g) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 2 hr. Then, morpholine-4-carbaldehyde (8.6 g) was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure. Water was added to the residue, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and then with brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent gradient; 0—»30% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 5-bromo-2- (trifluoromethoxy) benzaldehyde (5.04 g, 75%) as a colorless oil.
A mixture of the obtained 5-bromo-2- (trifluoromethoxy) benzaldehyde (4.2 g) , (4-cyanophenyl) boronic acid (2.3 g) , Pd (PPh3 )4 (541 mg) and potassium carbonate (4.3 g) in THF/water (2/1) (60 mL) was heated under reflux for 12 hr under a nitrogen atmosphere. After cooling, the reaction mixture was concentrated, and to the residue were added ethyl acetate and a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution for extraction. The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and then with brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent gradient; 0—»40% ethyl acetate/hexane) and crystallized from acetone/IPE to give the title compound (2.45 g, 54%) as white crystals. Elemental analysis: Ci5H8F3NO2
Found C, 61.92; H, 2.91; N, 4.96 Calcd. C, 61.86; H, 2.77; N, 4.81 Reference Example 9
[3- ( { [ (3R, 4S) -1- (N-acetylglycyl) -3-phenylpiperidin-4- yl] amino Jmethyl) -4-methoxyphenyl] boronic acid
To a solution of the compound (2.04 g) obtained in Reference Example 1, (3-formyl-4-methoxyphenyl) boronic acid (0.9 g) and acetic acid (0.4 mL) in methylene chloride (40 mL) was added NaBH(OAc)3 (3.2 g) , and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 hr. The reaction mixture was extracted with water. The aqueous layer was purified with DOWEX 50WX8- 100 ion exchange resin to give the title compound (1.39 g, 58%) as a pale-yellow oil. MS(ESI+) : 440(M+H)
The compounds described in Reference Examples 1-9 are as follows (Table 1) . Table 1
Ref. Ex. Structural No. formula
Figure imgf000087_0001
Figure imgf000087_0002
Figure imgf000087_0003
Figure imgf000087_0004
Figure imgf000087_0005
Figure imgf000087_0006
Reference Example 10
4' -acetyl-4-methoxybiphenyl-3-carbaldehyde
Using 4' -bromoacetophenone and (3-formyl-4- methoxyphenyl) boronic acid, the title compound was obtained in the same manner as in the method described in Reference
Example 3.
Melting point: 136-1380C
Reference Example 11
N- (3' -formyl-4' -methoxybiphenyl-4-yl) acetamide Using 4-bromoacetanilide and (3-formyl-4- methoxyphenyl) boronic acid, the title compound was obtained in the same manner as in the method described in Reference
Example 3.
Elemental analysis: Ci6Hi5NO3 -O-SH2O Found C, 69.11; H, 5.40; N, 4.96
Calcd. C, 69.05; H, 5.79; N, 5.03
Reference Example 12
4' -tert-butyl-4-methoxybiphenyl-3-carbaldehyde
Using l-bromo-4-tert-butylbenzene and (3-formyl-4- methoxyphenyl) boronic acid, the title compound was obtained in the same manner as in the method described in Reference
Example 3.
Elemental analysis: Ci 8 H2002 • 0.2H2O
Found C, 79.24; H, 7.22 Calcd. C, 79.50; H, 7.56
Reference Example 13
4' - (dimethylamino) -4-methoxybiphenyl-3-carbaldehyde
Using 4-bromo-N, N-dimethylaniline and (3-formyl-4- methoxyphenyl) boronic acid, the title compound was obtained in the same manner as in the method described in Reference
Example 3.
Melting point: 113-1150C
Reference Example 14
4-methoxy-4' - (methylsulfonyl) biphenyl-3-carbaldehyde Using 4-bromophenyl methyl sulfone and (3-formyl-4- methoxyphenyl) boronic acid, the title compound was obtained in the same manner as in the method described in Reference
Example 3.
Elemental analysis: Ci 5 Hi4 O4 S Found C, 62.00; H, 4.82 Calcd. C, 62.05; H, 4.86
Reference Example 15
3' -fluoro-5' -formyl-4' -methoxybiphenyl-4-carbonitrile
(Step 1) To a solution of 5-bromo-3-fluoro-2-hydroxybenzaldehyde
(6.57 g) synthesized by a known method (e.g., Synthesis, Vol.
11, pp. 1878-1880 (1999)) and calcium carbonate (5.80 g) in a mixture of acetone (20 mL) and THF (10 mL) was added methyl iodide (3.74 mL) at room temperature, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 2 hr. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent gradient; 10—»17% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 5-bromo-3-fluoro-2- methoxybenzaldehyde (3.69 g) as white crystals.
1H-NMR (300MHz, CDCl3): δ 4.10 (3H, d, J=2.7Hz), 7.48 (IH, dd,
J=Il.1, 2.4Hz), 7.73 (IH, dd, J=2.4 , 1.8Hz), 10.33 (IH, s)
(Step 2) Using the compound obtained in Step 1 and 4- cyanophenylboronic acid, the title compound was obtained in the same manner as in the method described in Reference
Example 3.
1H-NMR (300MHz, CDCl3): δ 4.18 (3H, d, J=3Hz) , 7.58 (IH, dd, =13, 2Hz), 7.64-7.68 (2H, m) , 7.73-7.77 (2H, m) , 7.86 (IH, dd,
J=2, IHz), 10.45 (IH, s)
Reference Example 16 methyl 3' -formyl-4' -methoxybiphenyl-4-carboxylate
Using methyl 4-bromobenzoate and (3-formyl-4- methoxyphenyl) boronic acid, the title compound was obtained in the same manner as in the method described in Reference
Example 3.
Elemental analysis: CIeHi4O4-O-IH2O
Found 0,70.32; H, 5.18 Calcd. C, 70.63; H, 5.26 Reference Example 17
4' -chloro-4-methoxy-2' -methylbiphenyl-3-carbaldehyde Using 2-bromo-5-chlorotoluene and (3-formyl-4- methoxyphenyl) boronic acid, the title compound was obtained in the same manner as in the method described in Reference Example 3.
Elemental analysis: Ci5Hi3ClO2-O-IH2O Found C, 68.45; H, 4.96 Calcd. C, 68.63; H, 5.07 Reference Example 18
4 ' -bromo-4-methoxy-3' - (trifluoromethyl ) biphenyl-3-carbaldehyde
Using 2, 5-dibromobenzotrifluoride and (3-formyl-4- methoxyphenyl) boronic acid, the title compound was obtained in the same manner as in the method described in Reference Example 3.
Elemental analysis: Ci5Hi0BrF3O2-O-IH2O Found C, 51.07; H, 3.15 Calcd. C, 49.91; H, 2.85 Reference Example 19 2' -fluoro-3' -formyl-4' -methoxybiphenyl-4-carbonitrile (Step 1)
A solution of 4-chloro-3-fluoroanisole (9.0 g) in THF (20 mL) was added to a 0.51M lithium diisopropylamide/THF solution (120 mL) at -780C and the mixture was stirred for 30 min.. DMF (6.5 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at - 300C. Water was added and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to give 3-chloro-2- fluoro-6-methoxybenzaldehyde (7.6 g) as white crystals. 1H-NMR (300MHz, CDCl3): δ 3.94 (3H, s) , 6.76 (IH, dd, J=9, 2Hz ) , 7 . 51-7 . 57 ( IH , m) , 10 . 40 ( IH, d, J=IHz )
( Step 2 )
A solution of the compound (1.3 g) obtained in Step 1, 4- cyanophenylboronic acid (1.3 g) , palladium (II ) acetate (0.046 g) , 2- (di-tert-butylphosphino)biphenyl (0.12 g) and potassium carbonate (1.43 g) in a mixture of water (5 mL) and THF (25 mL) was heated under reflux for 2 hr under an argon atmosphere. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to give the title compound (0.81 g, 46%) as a white powder.
1H-NMR (300MHz, CDCl3): δ 4.00 (3H, s) , 6.91 (IH, dd, J=9, 1.5Hz), 7.57-7.63 (3H, m) , 7.71-7.75 (2H, m) , 10.49 (IH, d,
J=I.2Hz)
Reference Example 20
3' -formyl-4' -methoxy-2- (trifluoromethyl) biphenyl-4- carbonitrile Using 4-chloro-3- (trifluoromethyl) benzonitrile and (3- formyl-4-methoxyphenyl) boronic acid, the title compound was obtained in the same manner as in the method described in
Reference Example 3.
Melting point: 116-118°C Reference Example 21
3' -formyl-4' -methoxybiphenyl-4-carboxamide
Using 4-bromobenzamide and (3-formyl-4- methoxyphenyl) boronic acid, the title compound was obtained in the same manner as in the method described in Reference Example 3.
Elemental analysis: C15H13NO3
Found C, 70.46; H,5.09; N, 5.49 Calcd. C, 70.58; H, 5.13; N, 5.49
Reference Example 22 2' -fluoro-5' -formyl-4' -methoxybiphenyl-4-carbonitrile ( Step 1 )
To a solution of 4-fluoro-2-methoxybenzoic acid (1.70 g) in acetic acid (20 mL) was added bromine (0.56 mL) at room temperature, and the mixture was stirred for 2 hr. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the precipitate was collected by filtration with water and hexane to give 5-bromo-
4-fluoro-2-methoxybenzoic acid (2.38 g, 96%) as a white powder.
1H-NMR (300MHz, CDCl3): δ 4.07 (3H, s) , 6.86 (IH, d, J=9.6Hz), 8.39 (IH, d, J=7.8Hz) (Step 2)
To a solution of the compound (2.37 g) obtained in Step 1 and Et3N (1.99 mL) in THF (25 mL) was added isobutyl chloroformate (1.48 mL) at room temperature, and the mixture was stirred for 30 min. The precipitate was collected by filtration with water and THF. The obtained precipitate was dissolved in a solution of NaBH4 (1.08 g) in water (12 mL) , and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hr . IN Hydrochloric acid was added to the reaction mixture, and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (NH Chromatorex) (solvent gradient; 0—»25% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give (5-bromo-4-fluoro-2- methoxyphenyl) methanol (2.33 g, 100%) as a colorless oil.
1H-NMR (300MHz, CDCl3): δ 3.84 (3H, s) , 4.62 (2H, s) , 6.68 (IH, d, J=IO.5Hz), 7.46 (IH, d, J=7.8Hz) (Step 3)
To a solution of the compound (2.24 g) obtained in Step 2 in toluene (30 mL) was added manganese dioxide (17.7 g) at room temperature, and the mixture was stirred for 2 days. The insoluble material was filtered off, and the filtrate was concentrated. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (10% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 5- bromo-4-fluoro-2-methoxybenzaldehyde (1.86 g, 84%) as a white powder.
1H-NMR (300MHz, CDCl3): δ 3.93 (3H, s) , 6.79 (IH, d, J=9.9Hz),
8.03 (IH, d, J=8.1Hz), 10.30 (IH, s)
(Step 4) Using the compound obtained in Step 3 and (4- cyanophenyl) boronic acid, the title compound was obtained in the same manner as in the method described in Reference
Example 3.
1H-NMR (300MHz, CDCl3): δ 4.00 (3H, s) , 6.84 (IH, d, J=12.3Hz), 7.62-7.95 (4H, m) , 7.99 (IH, d, J=9.0Hz), 10.42 (IH, s)
Reference Example 23
5' -formyl-4' -methoxy-2' -methylbiphenyl-4-carbonitrile
(Step 1)
To a solution of 4-bromo-3-methylanisole (2.0 g) and dichloromethyl methyl ether (1.1 mL) in methylene chloride (30 itiL) was added titanium tetrachloride (1.3 mL) at O0C, and the mixture was stirred at 00C for 2 hr. A saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution was added to the reaction mixture, and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated to give 5-bromo-2-methoxy-4- methylbenzaldehyde (0.73 g, 32%) as a white powder.
1H-NMR (300MHz, CDCl3): δ 2.45 (3H, s) , 3.91 (3H, s) , 6.87 (IH, s), 7.94 (IH, s), 10.33 (IH, s) (Step 2)
Using the compound obtained in Step 1 and (4- cyanophenyl) boronic acid, the title compound was obtained in the same manner as in the method described in Reference
Example 3. 1H-NMR (300MHz, CDCl3): δ 2.33 (3H, s) , 3.98 (3H, s), 6.91 (IH, s), 7.38-7.42 (2H, m) , 7.68-7.72 (3H, m) , 10.44 (IH, s)
Reference Example 24
3' -formyl-4' -hydroxybiphenyl-4-carbonitrile
(Step 1) To a solution of 5-bromosalicylaldehyde (6.03 g) and 2,6- lutidine (5.2 rtiL) in methylene chloride (100 mL) was added triisopropylsilyl triflυoromethanesulfonate (9.7 mL) at -78°C, and the mixture was stirred at -300C for 3 hr. A saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution was added to the 5 reaction mixture, and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent gradient/ 0-»2% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 5-bromo- io 2- (triisopropylsilyloxy) benzaldehyde (7.21 g, 67%) as a white powder.
1H-NMR (300MHz, CDCl3): δ 1-12 (18H, d, J=7.2Hz), 1.29-1.56 (3H, m) , 6.79 (IH, d, J=7.9Hz), 7.51 (IH, dd, J=8.7, 2.7Hz), 7.81 (IH, d, J=2.7Hz), 10.44 (IH, s)
15 (Step 2)
A solution of the compound (1.6 g) obtained in Step 1, (4-cyanophenyl) boronic acid (0.73 g) , Pd(PPh3 ) ^ (0.16 g) and potassium carbonate (0.88 g) in a mixture of THF/water (13/1) (21.5 mL) was heated under reflux for 14 hr under a nitrogen
20 atmosphere. After cooling, the reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (20% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give the title compound (0.63 g, 62%)
25 as a pale-yellow powder.
1H-NMR (300MHz, CDCl3): δ 7.11-7.14 (IH, m) , 7.64-7.79 (6H, m) ,
9.99 (IH, s), 11.10 (IH, s)
Reference Example 25
3' -formyl-4' -methoxy-2' -methylbiphenyl-4-carbonitrile
30 (Step 1)
To a solution of 4-bromo-3-methylanisole (10.1 g) and dichloromethyl methyl ether (5.4 mL) in methylene chloride (150 mL) was added titanium tetrachloride (6.6 mL) at O0C, and the mixture was stirred at O0C for 2 hr. A saturated aqueous
J5 ammonium chloride solution was added to the reaction mixture, and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent gradient; 0->10% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 3-bromo-6-methoxy-2-methylbenzaldehyde (0.56 g, 5%) as a white powder.
1H-NMR (300MHz, CDCl3): δ 2.64 (3H, s) , 3.90 (3H, s) , 6.75 (IH, d, J=8.7Hz), 7.67 (IH, d, J=9.3Hz), 10.54 (IH, s) (Step 2) Using the compound obtained in Step 1 and (4- cyanophenyl) boronic acid, the title compound was obtained in the same manner as in the method described in Reference Example 3. 1H-NMR (300MHz, CDCl3): 5 2.41 (3H, s) , 3.95 (3H, s), 6.92 (IH, d, J=Il.4Hz), 7.32-7.38 (3H, m) , 7.68-7.72 (2H, m) , 10.68 (IH, s)
Reference Example 26
4- (7-formyl-2, 3-dihydro-l-benzofuran-5-yl) benzonitrile (Step 1) To a solution of 2, 3-dihydrobenzofuran (6.0 g) in acetonitrile (150 mL) was added N-bromosuccinimide (9.8 g) at O0C, and the mixture was stirred at 00C for 2 hr. Water was poured into the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (33% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 5-bromo-2,3- dihydro-1-benzofuran (3.8 g, 38%) as a white powder. 1H-NMR (300MHz, CDCl3): δ 3.20 (2H, t, J=8.7Hz), 4.57 (2H, t, J=8.6Hz), 6.66 (IH, d, J=9.0Hz), 7.19 (IH, dd, J=8.7, 2.3Hz), 7.28 (IH, m) (Step 2)
Using the compound obtained in Step 1 and (4- cyanophenyl) boronic acid, 4- (2, 3-dihydro-l-benzofuran-5- yl) benzonitrile was obtained in the same manner as in the method described in Reference Example 3.
1H-NMR (300MHz, CDCl3): δ 3.29 (2H, t, J=8.6Hz), 4.65 (2H, t,
J=8.7Hz), 6.88 (IH, d, J=8.3Hz), 7.35 (IH, dd, J=8.3, 2.2Hz),
7.44 (IH, d, J=I.5Hz), 7.60-7.70 (4H, m) (Step 3)
Using the compound obtained in Step 2, the title compound was obtained in the same manner as in the method described in
Reference Example 23, Step 1.
1H-NMR (300MHz, CDCl3): δ 3.34 (2H, t, J=8.6Hz), 4.83 (2H, t, J=8.7Hz), 7.64-7.67 (3H, m) , 7.71-7.74 (2H, m) , 7.84 (IH, m) ,
10.27 (IH, s)
Reference Example 27
3' -formyl-4' -(2,2, 2-trifluoroethoxy) biphenyl-4-carbonitrile
(Step 1) To a solution of 5-bromosalicylaldehyde (0.81 g) in DMF
(8 mL) was added sodium hydride (NaH) (60% in oil, 0.19 g) at room temperature, and the mixture was stirred for 30 min.
Then, a solution of 2, 2, 2-trifluoroethyl trifluoromethanesulfonate (1.1 g) in DMF (8 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 65°C for 2 hr. Ice water was poured into the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent gradient; 5—»30% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 5-bromo-2-
(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)benzaldehyde (1.0 g, 88%) as a colorless oil.
1H-NMR (300MHz, CDCl3): δ 4.48 (2H, q, J=7.7Hz), 6.86-6.89 (IH, m) , 7.66-7.70 (IH, m) , 8.00 (IH, d, J=2.7Hz), 10.41 (IH, s) (Step 2)
Using the compound obtained in Step 1 and (4- cyanophenyl) boronic acid, the title compound was obtained in the same manner as in the method described in Reference
Example 3. 1H-NMR (300MHz, CDCl3): δ 4.57 (2H, q, J=7.5Hz), 7.10 (IH, d, J=8 . 7Hz ) , 7 . 67 -7 . 85 ( 5H , m) , 8 . 15 ( IH , d , J=2 . 3Hz ) , 10 . 54 ( IH , s)
Reference Example 28
2-fluoro-3' -formyl-4' - (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-4- carbonitrile (Step 1)
A solution of 5-bromo-2- (trifluoromethoxy) benzaldehyde (5.38 g) synthesized by a known method (Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters, 9 (1999), 1311-1316), bis (pinacolato)diboron (5.1 g) , potassium acetate (5.9 g) and [1/1' -bis (diphenylphosphino) ferrocene] palladium ( II ) dichloride (PdCl2 (dppf) ) (0.65 g) in DMF (35 mL) was stirred at 900C for 16 hr under an argon atmosphere. Water was poured into the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent gradient; 5—>20% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give crude 5- (4,4,5, 5-tetramethyl-l, 3, 2-dioxaborolan-2-yl) -2- (trifluoromethoxy) benzaldehyde (3.2 g, 51%) as a white powder. The obtained crude product was used in the next step without further purification. (Step 2)
A solution of the compound (1.6 g) obtained in Step 1, 4- chloro-3-fluorobenzonitrile (0.78 g) , Pd(PPh3)4 (0.17 g) and potassium carbonate (1.4 g) in a mixture of THF (20 mL) and water (10 mL) was stirred under an argon atmosphere at 900C for 16 hr. Water was poured into the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent gradient; 5->20% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give the title compound (0.42 g, 27%) as a white powder. Elemental analysis: Ci5H7F4NO2 Found C, 58.06; H, 2.46; N, 4.70 Calcd. C, 58.26; H, 2.28; N, 4.53 Reference Example 29
4' -chloro-2' -fluoro-4- (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-3- carbaldehyde
Using 5-bromo-2- (trifluoromethoxy) benzaldehyde and 4- chloro-2-fluorophenylboronic acid, the title compound was obtained in the same manner as in the method described in
Reference Example 3. Melting point: 41-420C
Reference Example 30
4- (trifluoromethoxy) -4' - (trifluoromethy1) biphenyl-3- carbaldehyde
Using 5-bromo-2- (trifluoromethoxy) benzaldehyde and 4- (trifluoromethyl) phenylboronic acid, the title compound was obtained in the same manner as in the method described in
Reference Example 3.
1H-NMR (300MHz, CDCl3): δ 7.48 (IH, d, J=6.0Hz), 7.68-7.75 (4H, q like), 7.89 (IH, d, J=6.0Hz), 8.18 (IH, s) , 10.43 (IH, s) Reference Example 31
4 ' -chloro-4- (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-3-carbaldehyde
Using 5-bromo-2- (trifluoromethoxy) benzaldehyde and 4- chlorophenylboronic acid, the title compound was obtained in the same manner as in the method described in Reference Example 3.
1H-NMR (300MHz, CDCl3): δ 7.42-7.53 (5H, m) , 7.81-7.84 (IH, m) ,
8.14 (IH, s), 10.42 (IH, s)
Reference Example 32
4' -fluoro-4- (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-3-carbaldehyde Using 5-bromo-2- (trifluoromethoxy) benzaldehyde and 4- fluorophenylboronic acid, the title compound was obtained in the same manner as in the method described in Reference
Example 3.
1H-NMR (300MHz, CDCl3): δ 7.12-7.18 (2H, m) , 7.43 (IH, d, J=6.0Hz), 7.53-7.57 (2H, m) , 7.81 (IH, d, J=6.0Hz), 8.11 (IH, s), 10.41 (IH, s) Reference Example 33
2' , 4' -dichloro-4- (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-3-carbaldehyde
Using 5-bromo-2- (trifluoromethoxy) benzaldehyde and 2,4- dichlorophenylboronic acid, the title compound was obtained in the same manner as in the method described in Reference
Example 3.
Melting point : 62-63°C
Reference Example 34 2' , 4' -difluoro-4- (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-3-carbaldehyde Using 5-bromo-2- (trifluoromethoxy) benzaldehyde and 2-
(4,4,5, 5-tetramethyl-l, 3, 2-dioxaborolan-2-yl) -1, 5- difluorobenzene, the title compound was obtained in the same manner as in the method described in Reference Example 3. Melting point: 39-41°C
Reference Example 35
2-chloro-3' -formyl-4' - (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-4- carbonitrile
Using the compound obtained in Reference Example 28, Step 1 and 3, 4-dichlorobenzonitrile, the title compound was obtained in the same manner as in the method described in
Reference Example 3.
Melting point: 1340C
Reference Example 36 2' -chloro-4' -fluoro-4- (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-3- carbaldehyde
Using 5-bromo-2- (trifluoromethoxy) benzaldehyde and 2- chloro-4-fluorophenylboronic acid, the title compound was obtained in the same manner as in the method described in. Reference Example 3.
Melting point: 640C
Reference Example 37
4' - (difluoromethoxy) -3' -formylbiphenyl-4-carbonitrile
(Step 1) Using 5-bromosalicylaldehyde and 4-cyanophenylboronic acid, crude 3' -formyl-4' -hydroxybiphenyl-4-carbonitrile was obtained in the same manner as in the method described in Reference Example 3. The obtained crude product was used in the next step without further purification. (Step 2)
A solution of the compound (1.0 g) obtained in Step 1 in methylene chloride (40 mL) was added to tetrabutylammonium bromide (1.2 g) in a 50% aqueous potassium hydroxide solution (50 mL) at 5°C. Chloro (difluoro)methane gas (halocarbon 22) was blown into this mixture for 5 min, and chloro (difluoro)methane gas was further blown into the mixture while stirring for 30 min. Water was poured into the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent gradient; 10—»25% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give the title compound (0.26 g, 21%) as a pale-yellow powder. 1H-NMR (300MHz, CDCl3): δ 6-74 (IH, t, J=72.2Hz), 7.39 (IH, d, J=8.5Hz), 7.63-7.80 (4H, m) , 7.85 (IH, dd, J=2.5, 8.7Hz), 8.17 (IH, d, J=2.5Hz), 10.46 (IH, brs) Reference Example 38
3' -acetyl-4' -methoxybiphenyl-4-carbonitrile (Step 1) To a solution of 3' -formyl-4' -methoxybiphenyl-4- carbonitrile (0.47 g) synthesized by a known method (WO02/26710) in THF (10 mL) was added a 3M methylmagnesium bromide/diethyl ether solution (1 mL) at -780C, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hr. Water was poured into the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent gradient; 10-»33% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 3'-(I- hydroxyethyl) -4' -methoxybiphenyl-4-carbonitrile (0.46 g, 91%) as a white amorphous solid. Elemental analysis: Ci 6H15NO2
Found C, 75.51; H, 5.91; N, 5.39 Calcd. C, 75.87; H, 5.97; N, 5.53 (Step 2)
To a solution of the compound (2.0 g) obtained in Step 1 in methylene chloride (70 mL) was added pyridinium dichromate (PDC) (2.73 g) , and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 14 hr. The reaction mixture was treated with silica gel, and the reaction solution was concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent gradient; 10—»33% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give the title compound (1.53 g, 92%) as a white powder. Melting point: 1020C Reference Example 39
3' -formyl-2-methyl-4' - (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-4- carbonitrile
Using the compound obtained in Reference Example 28, Step 1 and 4-bromo-3-methylbenzonitrile, the title compound was obtained in the same manner as in the method described in Reference Example 3. Elemental analysis: C16H10F3NO2
Found C, 63.19; H, 3.60; N, 4.19 Calcd. C, 62.96; H, 3.30; N, 4.59 The compounds described in Reference Examples 10-39 are as follows (Tables 2-3) .
Table 2
Ref. Ex. Structural No. formula
Figure imgf000102_0001
Table 3
Ref. Ex. Structural No. formula
Figure imgf000103_0001
Example 1 tert-bυtyl (3R,4S)-4-({ [4-methoxy-2' - (methylsulfonyl) biphenyl- 3-yl] methyl} amino) -3-phenylpiperidine-l-carboxylate
To a solution of tert-butyl (3R, 4S) -4-amino-3- phenylpiperidine-1-carboxylate (912 mg) synthesized by a known method (WO03/101964 ) , the compound (871 mg) obtained in Reference Example 4 and acetic acid (0.3 mL) in methylene chloride (15 mL) was added NaBH(OAc)3 (2.1 g) , and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hr. A saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and then with brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent gradient; 0→50% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give the title compound (1.41 g, 85%) as a colorless amorphous solid. MS(ESI+) : 551 (M+H) Examples 2-3 Using tert-butyl (3R, 4S) -4-amino-3-phenylpiperidine-l- carboxylate and the respectively corresponding benzaldehyde derivatives (3' -formyl-4' -methoxybiphenyl-4-carbonitrile synthesized by a known method (WO02/26710) for Example 2 and 2-fluoro-3' -formyl-4' -methoxybiphenyl-4-carbonitrile synthesized by a known method (WO02/26710) for Example 3), the compounds of Examples 2-3 were obtained in the same manner as in the method described in Example 1. Example 2 tert-butyl (3R, 4S) -4- { [ (4 ' -cyano-4-methoxybiphenyl-3- yl ) methyl ] amino } -3-phenylpiperidine-l-carboxylate MS(ESI+ ) : 498 (M+H) Example 3 tert-butyl (3R, 4S) -4-{ [ (4' -cyano-2' -fluoro-4-methoxybiphenyl- 3-yl) methyl] amino} -3-phenylpiperidine-l-carboxylate MS (ESI+) : 516 (M+H) Example 4
(3R, 4S) -N- { [4-methoxy-2' - (methylsulfonyl) biphenyl-3- yl ] methyl } -3-phenylpiperidin-4-amine dihydrochloride
To a solution of the compound (1.2 g) obtained in Example 1 in ethanol (10 mL) was added a 4N hydrogen ,chloride/ethyl acetate (10 mL) solution, and the mixture was stirred under heating at 6O0C for 4 hr. The reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness and recrystallized from ethanol/ethyl acetate/IPE to give the title compound (890 mg, 84%) as white crystals.
MS(ESI+): 451 (M-2HC1+H) Examples 5-6
Using the compounds obtained in Examples 2-3, the compounds of Examples 5-6 were obtained in the same manner as in the method described in Example 4. Example 5
4' -methoxy-3' - ( { [ (3R, 4S) -3-phenylpiperidin-4- yl] amino}methyl) biphenyl-4-carbonitrile dihydrochloride MS(ESI+): 398 (M-2HC1+H) Example 6
2-fluoro-4' -methoxy-3' - ( { [ (3R, 4S) -3-phenylpiperidin-4- yl] amino}methyl) biphenyl-4-carbonitrile dihydrochloride MS(ESI+): 416(M-2HC1+H) Example 7 N- [2- ( (3R, 4S) -4-{ [ (4-methoxybiphenyl-3-yl) methyl] amino}-3- phenylpiperidin-1-yl) -2-oxoethyl] acetamide
To a solution of the compound (408 mg) obtained in Reference Example 1, 4-methoxybiphenyl-3-carbaldehyde (212 mg) synthesized by a known method (WO2005/005415) and acetic acid (0.1 mL) in methylene chloride (10 mL) was added NaBH(OAc)3 (700 mg) , and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 hr. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and then with brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent gradient; 5O-»1OO% ethyl acetate/hexane) and crystallized from acetone/diisopropyl ether to give the title compound (384 mg, 74%) as white crystals.
MS (ESI+) : 472 (M+H) Examples 8-11
Using the compound obtained in Reference Example 1 and the respectively corresponding benzaldehyde derivatives (the compound obtained in Reference Example 3 for Example 8, the compound obtained in Reference Example 4 for Example 9, 3'- formyl-4 ' -methoxybiphenyl-4-carbonitrile synthesized by a known method (WO02/26710) for Example 10, and 2-fluoro-3'- formyl-4' -methoxybiphenyl-4-carbonitrile synthesized by a known method (WO02/26710) for Example 11), the compounds of Examples 8-11 were obtained in the same manner as in the method described in Example 7 (the compounds of Examples 8 and 9 were respectively treated with 1 equivalent of hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate and isolated as hydrochlorides). Example 8
N-{2- [ (3R, 4S) -4- ( { [4-methoxy-2' - (methylthio) biphenyl-3- yl] methyl} amino) -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl] -2-oxoethyl }acetamide monohydrochloride
MS(ESI+) : 518 (M-HC1+H) Example 9
N-{2-[ (3R, 4S)-4-({ [4-methoxy-2'-(methylsulfonyl)biphenyl-3- yl]methyl}amino) -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl] -2-oxoethyl }acetamide monohydrochloride MS(ESI+): 55O(M-HC1+H) Example 10
N- [2- ( (3R, 4S) -4-{ [ (4' -cyano-4-methoxybiphenyl-3- yl) methyl] amino} -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl) -2-oxoethyl] acetamide
MS(ESI+) : 497 (M+H)
Example 11 N- [ 2- ( ( 3R, 4S ) -4 - { [ ( 4 ' -cyano-2 ' -fluoro-4-methoxybiphenyl-3- yl) methyl] amino} -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl) -2-oxoethyl] acetamide MS(ESI+) : 515 (M+H) Example 12
N- [2- ( (3R, 4S) -4- { [ (4,4' -dimethoxybiphenyl-3-yl) methyl] amino }- 3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl) -2-oxoethyl] acetamide ,
A mixture of the compound (475 mg) obtained in Reference Example 2, (4-methoxyphenyl) boronic acid (152 mg) , Pd(PPh3 )4 (35 mg) and potassium carbonate (276 mg) in THF/water (2/1) (18 mL) was microwaved (250 W) at 150°C for 15 min. After cooling, the reaction mixture was concentrated, and to the residue were added ethyl acetate and water for extraction. The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and then with brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent gradient; 50—»100% ethyl acetate/hexane) and crystallized from acetone/diisopropyl ether to give the title compound (273 mg, 54%) as white crystals. MS(ESI+) : 502 (M+H) Examples 13-18
Using the compound obtained in Reference Example 2 and the respectively corresponding commercially available phenylboronic acid derivatives, the compounds of Examples 13- 18 were obtained in the same manner as in the method described in Example 12. Example 13
N-{2- [ (3R, 4S) -4- ( { [4-methoxy-4' - (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-3- yl] methyl} amino) -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl] -2-oxoethyl } acetamide MS(ESI+): 556 (M+H) Example 14
N- [2- ( (3R, 4S) -4-{ [ (4-methoxy-4'-nitrobiphenyl-3- yl) methyl] amino}-3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl) -2-oxoethyl] acetamide
MS(ESI+) : 517 (M+H)
Example 15 N- [2- ( (3R, 4S)-4-{ [ (4'-chloro-4-methoxybiphenyl-3- yl) methyl] amino} -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl) -2-oxoethyl] acetamide
MS(ESI+) : 506(M+H)
Example 16
N- [2- ( (3R, 4S)-4-{ [ (4'-fluoro-4-methoxybiphenyl-3- yl) methyl] amino} -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl) -2-oxoethyl] acetamide
MS(ESI+) : 490(M+H)
Example 17
N- [2- ( (3R, 4S) -4-{ [ (4-methoxy-4' -methylbiphenyl-3- yl) methyl] amino} -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl) -2-oxoethyl] acetamide MS(ESI+) : 486(M+H)
Example 18
N-{2- [ (3R, 4S) -4- ( { [4-methoxy-4' - (trifluoromethyl) biphenyl-3- yl] methyl } amino) -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl] -2-oxoethyl} acetamide
MS(ESI+) : 540(M+H) Example 19
N- [2- ( (3R, 4S) -4-{ [ (2' -cyano-4-methoxybiphenyl-3- yl) methyl] amino} -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl) -2-oxoethyl] acetamide To a solution of the compound obtained in Reference
Example 1 (409 mg) , 3' -formyl-4' -methoxybiphenyl-2- carbonitrile (237 mg) synthesized by a known method
(WO02/26710) and acetic acid (0.2 mL) in methylene chloride (7 mL) was added NaBH(OAc)3 (636 mg) , and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 hr. A saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and then with brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent gradient; 50—»100% ethyl acetate/hexane) and crystallized from acetone/IPE to give the title compound (450 mg, 90%) as white crystals.
MS(ESI+) : 497 (M+H)
Examples 20-25
Using the compound obtained in Reference Example 1 and the respectively corresponding benzaldehyde derivatives (3'- formyl-4 ' -methoxybiphenyl-3-carbonitrile synthesized by a known method (WO02/26710) for Example 20, the compound obtained in Reference Example 6 for Example 21, 4'-bromo-4- methoxybiphenyl-3-carbaldehyde synthesized by a known method (WO02/26710) for Example 22, the compound obtained in
Reference Example 5 for Example 23, the compound obtained in Reference Example 8 for Example 24, and the compound obtained in Reference Example 7 for Example 25) , the compounds of Examples 20-25 were obtained in the same manner as in the method described in Example 19. Example 20
N- [2- ( (3R, 4S) -4-{ [ (3' -cyano-4-methoxybiphenyl-3- yl) methyl] amino }-3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl) -2-oxoethyl] acetamide MS(ESI+) : 497 (M+H) Example 21
N- [2- ( (3R, 4S) -4-{ [ (4' -cyano-3' -fluoro-4-methoxybiphenyl-3- yl) methyl] amino}-3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl) -2-oxoethyl] acetamide MS(ESI+) : 515(M+H) Example 22 N- [2- ( (3R, 4S) -4-{ [ (4' -bromo-4-methoxybiphenyl-3- yl) methyl] amino} -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl) -2-oxoethyl] acetamide
MS(ESI+) : 550, 552 (M+H)
Example 23
N- [2- ( (3R, 4S) -4-{ [ (4' -ethynyl-4-methoxybiphenyl-3- yl) methyl] amino) -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl) -2-oxoethyl] acetamide MS(ESI+) : 496(M+H) Example 24
N-{2- [ (3R, 4S) -4- ( { [4' -cyano-4- (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-3- yl] methyl } amino) -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl] -2-oxoethyl } acetamide monohydrochloride
MS(ESI+) : 551(M-HC1+H)
Example 25
N- [2- ( (3R, 4S) -4-{ [ (4' -cyano-4-methoxy-2' -methylbiphenyl-3- yl) methyl] amino} -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl) -2-oxoethyl] acetamide monohydrochloride MS(ESI+) : 511 (M-HC1+H) Example 26
N- [2- ( (3R, 4S) -4-{ [ (4-methoxy-3' , 5' -dimethylbiphenyl-3- yl) methyl] amino} -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl) -2-oxoethyl] acetamide monohydrochloride
A mixture of the compound (440 mg) obtained in Reference Example 9, l-bromo-3, 5-dimethylbenzene (186 mg) , Pd(PPh3 )4 (35 mg) and potassium carbonate (276 mg) in THF/water (2/1) (18 mL) was heated under reflux for 12 hr under a nitrogen atmosphere. After cooling, the reaction mixture was concentrated, and to the residue were added ethyl acetate and a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution for extraction. The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and then with brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent gradient; 50->100% ethyl acetate/hexane) , and 1 equivalent of 4N hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate was added. The precipitate was collected by filtration to give the title compound (320 mg, 60%) as white crystals. MS(ESI+) : 500(M-HCl+H) Example 27 N-{2-[ (3R,4S)-4-({ [4-methoxy-3' , 5'- bis (trifluoromethyl) biphenyl-3-yl] methyl } amino) -3- phenylpiperidin-1-yl] -2-oxoethyl } acetamide
Using the compound obtained in Reference Example 9 and 1- bromo-3, 5-bis (trifluoromethyl) benzene, the compound of Example 27 was obtained in the same manner as in the method described in Example 26 (the treatment with 1 equivalent of hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate was not performed, and the compound was obtained in a free form) . MS(ESI+) : 608 (M+H) Example 28 tert-butyl [2- ( (3R, 4S) -4- { [ (4 ' -cyano-4-methoxybiphenyl-3- yl) methyl] amino }-3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl) -2-oxoethyl] carbamate
To a solution of the compound (154 mg) obtained in Example 5, Et3N (148 μL) and N-Boc-glycine (38 mg) in THF (5 mL) were added WSC-HCl (77 mg) and HOBt-H2O (61 mg) , and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hr. The reaction mixture was poured into water, and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and brine and dried, and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent gradient; 50->100% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give the title compound (189 mg, 62%) as white crystals. MS(ESI+): 455(M-Boc+2H) Example 29
3' - ( { [ (3R, 4S) -l-glycyl-3-phenylpiperidin-4-yl] aminojmethyl) - 4' -methoxybiphenyl-4-carbonitrile dihydrochloride
To a solution of the compound (0.18 g) obtained in Example 28 in ethyl acetate (1 mL) was added 4N hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate (3 mL) , and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hr. The reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness to give the title compound (O .18 g, 100%) as a colorless amorphous solid. MS (ESI+) : 455 (M-2HC1+H) Example 30
N- [2- ( (3R, 4S) -4-{ [ (4' -cyano-4-methoxybiphenyl-3- yl) methyl] amino} -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl) -2- oxoethyl]methanesulfonamide
To a solution of the compound obtained in Example 29 and Et3N (266 μL) in THF (5 mL) was added methanesulfonyl chloride (45 μL) , and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 14 hr. The reaction mixture was poured into water, and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and brine and dried, and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent gradient; 50—>100% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give the title compound (67 mg, 37%) as white crystals. MS(ESI+) : 533(M+H) Example 31
(3R, 4S) -1- (methoxyacetyl) -N- { [4-methoxy-2' - (methylsulfonyl) biphenyl-3-yl ] methyl } -3-phenylpiperidin-4- amine monohydrochloride To a solution of the compound (400 mg) obtained in
Example 4, Et3N (154 mg) and methoxyacetic acid (103 mg) in DMF (5 mL) were added WSC-HCl (218 mg) and HOBt-H2O (175 mg) , and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 8 hr. Water was poured into the reaction mixture, and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and brine and dried over magnesium sulfate, and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent gradient; 50—>100% ethyl acetate/hexane) and 1 equivalent of 4N hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate was added. The precipitate was collected by filtration to give the title compound (240 mg, 60%) as a colorless amorphous solid. MS(ESI+) : 523(M-HC1+H) Examples 32-33
Using methoxyacetic acid and the respectively corresponding piperidine derivatives (the compound obtained in Example 5 for Example 32, and the compound obtained in Example 6 for Example 33), the compounds of Examples 32-33 were obtained in the same manner as in the method described in
Example 31 (these compounds were not treated with 1 equivalent of hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate, and obtained in free forms) . Example 32 4 ' -methoxy-3' -({ [ (3R, 4S)-I- (methoxyacetyl) -3-phenylpiperidin- 4-yl] amino}methyl) biphenyl-4-carbonitrile MS(ESI+) : 470 (M+H) Example 33
2-fluoro-4' -methoxy-3' - ( { [ (3R, 4S) -1- (methoxyacetyl) -3- phenylpiperidin-4-yl] amino }methyl) biphenyl-4-carbonitrile MS(ESI+) : 488 (M+H) Example 34
(3R, 4S) -1- [ (l-acetylpiperidin-4-yl) carbonyl] -N- { [4-methoxy-2' - (methylsulfonyl) biphenyl-3-yl] methyl }-3-phenylpiperidin-4- amine monohydrochloride
To a solution of the compound (400 mg) obtained in Example 4, Et3N (154 mg) and l-acetylpiperidine-4-carboxylic acid (195 mg) in DMF (5 mL) were added WSC-HCl (218 mg) and HOBt • H20 (175 mg) , and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 8 hr. Water was poured into the reaction mixture, and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and brine and dried over magnesium sulfate, and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent gradient; 50-»100% ethyl acetate/hexane) and 1 equivalent of 4N hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate was added. The precipitate was collected by filtration to give the title compound (350 mg, 76%) as white crystals. MS(ESI+): 604(M-HCl+H) Examples 35-36
Using l-acetylpiperidine-4-carboxylic acid and the respectively corresponding piperidine derivatives (the compound obtained in Example 5 for Example 35, and the compound obtained in Example 6 for Example 36) , the compounds of Examples 35-36 were obtained in the same manner as in the method described in Example 34 (these compounds were not treated with 1 equivalent of hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate, and obtained in free forms) . Example 35 3'-[ ({ (3R, 4S)-I- [ (l-acetylpiperidin-4-yl)carbonyl]-3- phenylpiperidin-4-yl } amino) methyl] -4 ' -methoxybiphenyl-4- carbonitrile MS(ESI+) : 551 (M+H) Example 36
3'-[ ({ (3R, 4S) -l-[ (l-acetylpiperidin-4-yl)carbonyl]-3- phenylpiperidin-4-yl }amino)methyl] -2-fluoro-4' - methoxybiphenyl-4-carbonitrile MS(ESI+) : 569(M+H) Example 37 tert-butyl 4- [ ( (3R, 4S) -4-{ [ (4' -cyano-4-methoxybiphenyl-3- yl) methyl] amino} -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl) carbonyl] piperidine-1- carboxylate
To a solution of the compound (257 mg) obtained in Example 5, Et3N (248 μL) and 1- ( tert-butoxycarbonyl) piperidine- 4-carboxylic acid (163 mg) in THF (5 mL) were added WSC-HCl (173 mg) and HOBt Η∑O (139 mg) , and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hr. The reaction mixture was poured into water, and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and brine and dried, and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent gradient; 50—»100% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give the title compound (290 mg, 87%) as a white amorphous solid. MS(ESI+): 509(M-Boc+2H) Example 38
4' -methoxy-3' - ( { [ (3R, 4S) -3-phenyl-l- (piperidin-4- ylcarbonyl) piperidin-4-yl] amino}methyl) biphenyl-4-carbonitrile dihydrochloride
Using the compound obtained in Example 37, the title compound was obtained in the same manner as in the method described in Example 29. MS(ESI+): 5O9(M-2HC1+H) Example 39 4'-methoxy-3'-{ [ ( (3R, 4S) -1- { [ 1- (methylsulfonyl) piperidin-4- yl] carbonyl } -3-phenylpiperidin-4-yl) amino] methyl }biphenyl-4- carbonitrile
Using the compound obtained in Example 38, the title compound was obtained in the same manner as in the method described in Example 30. MS(ESI+) : 587 (M+H) Example 40 N- (2-{4- [ ( (3R, 4S) -4-{ [ (4' -cyano-4-methoxybiphenyl-3- yl) methyl] amino} -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl) carbonyl] piperidin-1- yl } -2-oxoethyl ) acetamide monohydrochloride
Using the compound obtained in Example 38 and N- acetylglycine, the title compound was obtained in the same manner as in the method described in Example 31. MS(ESI+): 6O8(M-HC1+H) Examples 41-44
Using the compound obtained in Example 5 and the respectively corresponding carboxylic acid derivatives (commercially available carboxylic acid derivatives for Examples 41 and 43, 2, 6-dioxopiperidine-4-carboxylic acid synthesized by a known method (e.g., Journal of Organic Chemistry (1973), 38(14), pp. 2489-96) for Example 42, (5-oxo- 4, 5-dihydro-lH-l, 2, 4-triazol-3-yl) acetic acid synthesized by a known method (e.g., Australian Journal of Chemistry (1979), 32(1), pp. 161-5) for Example 44), the compounds of Examples 41-44 were obtained in the same manner as in the method described in Example 31 (these compounds were not treated with 1 equivalent of hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate, and obtained in free forms) . Example 41
(3R) -3- (acetylamino) -4- ( (3R, 4S) -4-{ [ (4' -cyano-4- methoxybiphenyl-3-yl) methyl] amino} -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl) -4- oxobutanamide MS (ESI+) : 554 (M+H) Example 42 3 ' - [ ( { ( 3R, 4 S ) -l- [ ( 2 , 6-dioxopiperidin-4 -yl ) carbonyl ] -3- phenylpiperidin-4-yl } amino) methyl] -4 ' -methoxybiphenyl-4- carbonitrile
MS(ESI+): 537 (M+H) Example 43
4'-methoxy-3'-(( [ (3R, 4S) -3-phenyl-l- (lH-tetrazol-1- ylacetyl) piperidin-4-yl] amino}methyl) biphenyl-4-carbonitrile
MS(ESI+) : 508 (M+H)
Example 44 4'-methoxy-3'-[ ({ (3R, 4S)-I- [ (5-oxo-4 , 5-dihydro-lH-l, 2, 4- triazol-3-yl) acetyl] -3-phenylpiperidin-4- yl }amino) methyl] biphenyl-4-carbonitrile
MS(ESI+): 523(M+H)
Example 45 methyl (3R, 4S) -4- { [ (4 ' -cyano-4-methoxybiphenyl-3- yl ) methyl ] amino } -3-phenylpiperidine-l-carboxylate
To a solution of the compound (137 mg) obtained in
Example 5 and Et3N (206 μL) in THF (5 mL) was added methyl chloroformate (34 μL) , and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hr. The reaction mixture was poured into water, and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and brine and dried, and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography
(solvent gradient; 50-»100% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give the title compound (59 mg, 45%) as white crystals.
MS(ESI+) : 456(M+H)
Example 46 (3R,4S)-4-{ [ (4' -cyano-4-methoxybiphenyl-3-yl)methyl] amino}-N- methyl-3-phenylpiperidine-l-carboxamide
To a solution of the compound (173 mg) obtained in
Example 5 in THF (5 mL) was added methyl isocyanate (38 μL) , and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hr. The reaction mixture was poured into water, and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and brine and dried, and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent gradient; '50—>70% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give the title compound (40 mg, 24%) as white crystals. MS(ESI+) : 455(M+H)
The compounds described in Examples 1-46 are as follows (Tables 4-7) .
Table 4
Figure imgf000118_0001
Additives MS (ESI)
Figure imgf000118_0002
Figure imgf000118_0003
Table 5
Figure imgf000119_0001
Additives MS (ESI)
Figure imgf000119_0002
Figure imgf000119_0003
Table 6
Figure imgf000120_0001
Additives MS (ESI)
Figure imgf000120_0002
Figure imgf000120_0003
Table 7
Figure imgf000121_0001
Additives MS (ES!)
Figure imgf000121_0002
Figure imgf000121_0003
Example 47
N- [ 2- ( ( 3R, 4 S ) -4 - { [ ( 4 ' -acetyl-4-methoxybiphenyl-3- ^ yl) methyl] amino}-3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl) -2-oxoethyl] acetamide monohydrochloride Using the compound obtained in Reference Example 1 and the compound obtained in Reference Example 10, the reaction and purification were performed in the same manner as in the method described in Example 7. The obtained product was treated with 1 equivalent of hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate to give the title compound.
MS(ESI+) : 514 (M-HC1+H)
Example 48
N-{3'-[ ( { (3R, 4S) -1- [ (acetylamino) acetyl] -3-phenylpiperidin-4- yl } amino) methyl ] -4 ' -methoxybiphenyl-4-yl } acetamide monohydrochloride
Using the compound obtained in Reference Example 1 and the compound obtained in Reference Example 11, the reaction and purification were performed in the same manner as in the method described in Example 7. The obtained product was treated with 1 equivalent of hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate to give the title compound.
MS(ESI+) : 529(M-HC1+H)
Example 49
N- [2- ( (3R, 4S) -4-{ [ (4' -tert-butyl-4-methoxybiphenyl-3- yl) methyl] amino} -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl) -2-oxoethyl] acetamide monohydrochloride
Using the compound obtained in Reference Example 1 and the compound obtained in Reference Example 12, the reaction and purification were performed in the same manner as in the method described in Example 7. The obtained product was treated with 1 equivalent of hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate to give the title compound.
MS(ESI+) : 528 (M-HC1+H)
Example 50 N-{2- [ (3R, 4S) -4- ( { [4' - (dimethylamino) -4-methoxybiphenyl-3- yl] methyl} amino) -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl] -2-oxoethyl } acetamide dihydrochloride
Using the compound obtained in Reference Example 1 and the compound obtained in Reference Example 13, the reaction and purification were performed in the same manner as in the method described in Example 7. The obtained product was treated with 2 equivalents of hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate to give the title compound.
MS(ESI+): 515(M-2HC1+H) Example 51
N-{2-[ (3R, 4S)-4- ({ [4-methoxy-4'-(methylsulfonyl)biphenyl-3- yl] methyl }amino) -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl] -2-oxoethyl }acetamide Using the compound obtained in Reference Example 1 and the compound obtained in Reference Example 14, the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in Example 7.
MS(ESI+) : 550 (M+H)
Example 52
N- [2- ( (3R, 4S)-4-{ [ (4'-cyano-5-fluoro-4-methoxybiphenyl-3- yl) methyl] amino} -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl) -2-oxoethyl] acetamide Using the compound obtained in Reference Example 1 and the compound obtained in Reference Example 15, the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in Example 7. MS(ESI+) : 515 (M+H)
Example 53 methyl 3' - ( { [.(3R, 4S)-I- (N-acetylglycyl) -3-phenylpiperidin-4- yl] amino}methyl) -4' -methoxybiphenyl-4-carboxylate
Using the compound obtained in Reference Example 1 and the compound obtained in Reference Example 16, the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in Example 7.
MS(ESI+) : 530 (M+H)
Example 54 N- [2- ( (3R,4S)-4-{ [ (4'-chloro-4-methoxy-2'-methylbiphenyl-3- yl) methyl] amino} -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl) -2-oxoethyl] acetamide Using the compound obtained in Reference Example 1 and the compound obtained in Reference Example 17, the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in Example 7.
MS(ESI+) : 520(M+H)
Example 55
N-{2-[ (3R,4S)-4-({ [4'-bromo-4-methoxy-3'-
(trifluoromethyl) biphenyl-3-yl]methyl }amino) -3- phenylpiperidin-1-yl] -2-oxoethyl } acetamide
Using the compound obtained in Reference Example 1 and the compound obtained in Reference Example 18, the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in Example 7. MS(ESI+): 618, 620 (M+H)
Example 56
N- [2- ( (3R, 4S) -4-{ [ (4' -cyano-2-fluoro-4-methoxybiphenyl-3- yl) methyl] amino} -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl) -2-oxoethyl] acetamide
Using the compound obtained in Reference Example 1 and the compound obtained in Reference Example 19, the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in Example 7.
MS(ESI+) : 515(M+H)
Example 57 N-{2-[ (3R,4S)-4- ({ [4'-cyano-4-methoxy-2'-
(trifluoromethyl )biphenyl-3-yl] methyl} amino) -3- phenylpiperidin-1-yl] -2-oxoethyl }acetamide
Using the compound obtained in Reference Example 1 and the compound obtained in Reference Example 20, the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in Example 7.
MS(ESI+) : 565 (M+H)
Example 58
3' - ( { [ (3R, 4S) -1- (N-acetylglycyl) -3-phenylpiperidin-4- yl] amino}methyl) -4' -methoxybiphenyl-4-carboxamide Using the compound obtained in Reference Example 1 and the compound obtained in Reference Example 21, the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in Example 7. MS(ESI+) : 515(M+H) Example 59
N- [2- ( (3R, 4S) -4-{ [ (4' -cyano-β-fluoro-4-methoxybiphenyl-3- yl)methyl] amino}-3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl) -2-oxoethyl] acetamide Using the compound obtained in Reference Example 1 and the compound obtained in Reference Example 22, the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in Example 7. MS(ESI+) : 515(M+H) Example 60 N- [2- ( (3R, 4S) -4-{ [ (4' -cyano-4-methoxy-β-methylbiphenyl-3- yl) methyl] amino} -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl) -2-oxoethyl] acetamide
Using the compound obtained in Reference Example 1 and the compound obtained in Reference Example 23, the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in Example 7. MS(ESI+): 511 (M+H) Example 61
N- [2- ( (3R, 4S) -4-{ [ (A' -cyano-4-hydroxybiphenyl-3- yl) methyl] amino} -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl) -2-oxoethyl] acetamide Using the compound obtained in Reference Example 1 and the compound obtained in Reference Example 24, the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in Example 7. MS(ESI+) : 483 (M+H) Example 62
N- [2- ( (3R, 4S)-4-{ [ (4'-cyano-4-methoxy-2-methylbiphenyl-3- yl) methyl] amino} -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl) -2-oxoethyl] acetamide
Using the compound obtained in Reference Example 1 and the compound obtained in Reference Example 25, the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in Example 7. MS(ESI+): 511 (M+H) Example 63
N- [2- ( (3R, 4S) -4-{ [1- (4' -cyano-4-methoxybiphenyl-3- yl) ethyl] amino} -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl) -2-oxoethyl] acetamide (diastereomeric mixture)
To a solution of the compound (1.86 g) obtained in Reference Example 1, the compound (0.63 g) obtained in Reference Example 38 and Et3N (0.76 g) in methylene chloride (60 mL) was added a solution of titanium tetrachloride (0.24 g) in methylene chloride (10 mL) at room temperature, and the mixture was stirred for 2 hr. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was dissolved in methanol (15 mL) . NaBH3CN (0.47 g) was added to the reaction solution at room temperature, and the mixture was stirred for 30 min. The reaction mixture was poured into water, and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and brine and dried, and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent gradient; 50—>100% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give the title compound (1.09 g, 43%) as a colorless amorphous solid. MS(ESI+) : 511(M+H) Example 64
N- [2- ( (3R, 4S) -4-{ [1- (4' -cyano-4-methoxybiphenyl-3- yl) ethyl] amino} -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl) -2-oxoethyl] acetamide
(shorter retention time)
The diastereomeric mixture (0.40 g) obtained in Example 63 was purified by chiral column chromatography. Concentration of a fraction with a shorter retention time gave the title compound (0.22 g) as a colorless amorphous solid. MS(ESI+): 511 (M+H) [(X]D 25 +46.1° (c 0.51, MeOH) Diastereomer excess: 99.7%de Purification conditions by chiral column chromatography Column: CHIRALPAK AD 50 mmID x 500 mmL Solvent: hexane/IPE/diethylamine=75/25/0.2 Flow rate: 80 mL/min Temperature: 4O0C
Detection method: UV 260 nm Example 65
N- [2- ( (3R, 4S) -4-{ [1- (4' -cyano-4-methoxybiphenyl-3- yl ) ethyl ] amino } -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl ) -2-oxoethyl ] acetamide (longer retention time)
In the purification by chiral column chromatography described in Example 64, concentration of a fraction with a longer retention time gave the title compound (0.086 g) as a colorless amorphous solid. MS(ESI+): 511 (M+H)
[α]o25 -5.6° (c 0.51, MeOH)
Diastereomer excess: 99.7%de
Purification conditions by chiral column chromatography
The same conditions as described in Example 64. Example 66
N-{2- [ (3R, 4S) -4- ( { [5- (4-cyanophenyl) -2, 3-dihydro-l-benzofuran- 7-yl] methyl } amino) -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl] -2- oxoethyl } acetamide
Using the compound obtained in Reference Example 1 and the compound obtained in Reference Example 26, the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in Example 7. MS (ESI+) : 509 (M+H) Example 67 N-{2- [ (3R, 4S) -4- ( { [4' -cyano-4- (2, 2, 2-trifluoroethoxy) biphenyl- 3-yl]methyl}amino) -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl] -2- oxoethyl } acetamide monohydrochloride
Using the compound obtained in Reference Example 1 and the compound obtained in Reference Example 27, the reaction and purification were performed in the same manner as in the method described in Example 7. The obtained product was treated with 1 equivalent of hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate to give the title compound.
MS(ESI+) : 565(M-HC1+H) Example 68
N-{2-[ (3R, 4S)-4-({ [4'-cyano-2'-fluoro-4-
(trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-3-yl] methyl }amino) -3- phenylpiperidin-1-yl] -2-oxoethyl } acetamide
Using the compound obtained in Reference Example 1 and the compound obtained in Reference Example 28, the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in Example 7.
MS(ESI+) : 569(M+H)
Example 69 N-{2-[ (3R, 4S)-4-({ [4' -cyano-2' -methyl-4-
(trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-3-yl]methyl }amino) -3- phenylpiperidin-1-yl] -2-oxoethyl } acetamide
Using the compound obtained in Reference Example 1 and the compound obtained in Reference Example 39, the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in Example 7.
MS(ESI+) : 565 (M+H)
Example 70
N-{2-[ (3R,4S)-4-({ [4'-chloro-2'-fluoro-4- (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-3-yl] methyl } amino) -3- phenylpiperidin-1-yl] -2-oxoethyl } acetamide
Using the compound obtained in Reference Example 1 and the compound obtained in Reference Example 29, the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in Example 7.
MS (ESI+) : 578 (M+H)
Example 71
N-{2-oxo-2- [ (3R, 4S) -3-phenyl-4- ( { [4- (trifluoromethoxy) -4' -
(trifluoromethyl) biphenyl-3-yl] methyl } amino) piperidin-1- yl] ethyl} acetamide Using the compound obtained in Reference Example 1 and the compound obtained in Reference Example 30, the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in Example 7. MS(ESI+) : 594 (M+H) Example 72
N-{2- [ (3R, 4S) -4- ( { [4' -chloro-4- (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-3- yl] methyl } amino) -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl] -2-oxoethyl }acetamide
A solution of the compound (557 mg) obtained in Reference Example 1, the compound (451 mg) obtained in Reference Example 31, Et3N (304 mg) and acetic acid (0.1 mL) in ethyl acetate (8 mL) was stirred at 45°C for 10 min. NaBH(OAc)3 (954 mg) was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 hr. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and then with brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (NH Chromatorex) (solvent gradient; 0-»25% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give the title compound (128 mg, 15%) as a white amorphous solid. Elemental analysis: C29H29C 1 F3N3O3 • H 20 Found C, 60.66; H, 5.19; N, 7.10 Calcd. C, 60.26; H, 5.41; N, 7.27 MS (ESI+) : 560 (M+H) Example 73
N- {2- [ (3R, 4S) -4- ( { [4' -fluoro-4- (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-3- yl] methyl} amino) -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl] -2-oxoethyl }acetamide Using the compound obtained in Reference Example 1 and the compound obtained in Reference Example 32, the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in Example 7. MS(ESI+) : 544 (M+H) Example 74 N-{2-[ (3R, 4S)-4-({ [2' , 4' -dichloro-4- (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-3-yl ] methyl } amino) -3- phenylpiperidin-1-yl] -2-oxoethyl } acetamide
Using the compound obtained in Reference Example 1 and the compound obtained in Reference Example 33, the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in Example 7.
MS(ESI+): 594 (M+H)
Example 75
N-{2-[ (3R, 4S)-4-({ [2' , 4' -difluoro-4- (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-3-yl]methyl }amino) -3- phenylpiperidin-1-yl] -2-oxoethyl } acetamide
Using the compound obtained in Reference Example 1 and the compound obtained in Reference Example 34, the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in Example 7.
MS(ESI+): 562 (M+H)
Example 76
N-{2-[ (3R, 4S)-4- ({ [2'-chloro-4'-cyano-4-
( trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-3-yl] methyl } amino) -3- phenylpiperidin-1-yl] -2-oxoethyl } acetamide
Using the compound obtained in Reference Example 1 and the compound obtained in Reference Example 35, the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in Example 7. MS(ESI+) : 585 (M+H)
Example 77
N-{2-[ (3R,4S)-4-({ [2'-chloro-4'-fluoro-4-
(trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-3-yl] methyl } amino) -3- phenylpiperidin-1-yl] -2-oxoethyl } acetamide Using the compound obtained in Reference Example 1 and the compound obtained in Reference Example 36, the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in Example 7.
MS(ESI+) : 578 (M+H) Example 78 N- {2- [ (3R, 4S) -4- ({ [4' -cyano-4- (difluoromethoxy) biphenyl-3- yl] methyl } amino) -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl] -2-oxoethyl } acetamide Using the compound obtained in Reference Example 1 and the compound obtained in Reference Example 37, the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in Example 7.
MS(ESI+) : 533 (M+H)
Example 79
2- ( (3R,4S)-4-{ [ (4' -cyano-4-methoxybiphenyl-3-yl) methyl] amino} - 3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl) -2-oxoethyl acetate
To a solution of the compound (155 mg) obtained in
Example 5, Et3N (184 μL) and acetoxyacetic acid (47 mg) in THF
(5 mL) were added WSC-HCl (97 mg) and HOBt-H2O (76 mg) , and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hr. The reaction mixture was poured into water, and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and brine and dried, and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent gradient; 20—»75% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give the title compound (62 mg, 38%) as white crystals.
MS(ESI+) : 498 (M+H)
Example 80 3' -({ [ (3R,4S) -l-glycoloyl-3-phenylpiperidin-4- yl] amino }methyl) -4' -methoxybiphenyl-4-carbonitrile
Using the compound obtained in Example 5 and glycolic acid, the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in Example 79.
MS(ESI+) : 456(M+H)
Example 81
4-((3R,4S)-4-{[(4' -cyano-4-methoxybiphenyl-3-yl) methyl] amino} -
3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl) -4-oxobutanamide Using the compound obtained in Example 5 and succinamic acid, the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in Example 79. MS(ESI+ ) : 497 (M+H) Example 82
3' - ( { [ (3R, 4S) -l-acetyl-3-phenylpiperidin-4-yl] amino}methyl) - 4' -methoxybiphenyl-4-carbonitrile monohydrochloride
To a solution of the compound (172 mg) obtained in Example 5 and Et3N (204 μL) in THF (5 mL) was added acetyl chloride (30 μL) at O0C, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hr. The reaction mixture was poured into water, and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and brine and dried, and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (50% ethyl acetate/hexane) . The obtained product was treated with 1 equivalent of hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate to give the title compound. MS(ESI+): 44O(M-HC1+H) Example 83
4' -methoxy-3' - ( { [ (3R, 4S) -1- (methylsulfonyl) -3-phenylpiperidin- 4-yl] amino}methyl) biphenyl-4-carbonitrile
To a solution of the compound (177 mg) obtained in Example 5 and Et3N (210 μL) in THF (5 mL) was added methanesulfonyl chloride (33 μL) at O0C, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hr. The reaction mixture was poured into water, and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and brine and dried, and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (50% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give the title compound . MS(ESI+) : 476(M+H) Example 84
4'-methoxy-3'-{ [ ( (3R, 4S) -3-phenyl-l- { [ 1- (lH-tetrazol-1- ylacetyl) piperidin-4-yl] carbonyl }piperidin-4- yl) amino]methyl}biphenyl-4-carbonitrile monohydrochloride Using the compound obtained in Example .38 and IH- tetrazol-1-ylacetic acid, the reaction and purification were performed in the same manner as in the method described in Example 79. The obtained product was treated with 1 equivalent of hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate to give the title compound. MS(ESI+): 619(M-HC1+H) Example 85
4'-methoxy-3'-({ [ (3R, 4S) -1- ( { 1- [ (5-oxo-4 , 5-dihydro-lH-l, 2, 4- triazol-3-yl) acetyl] piperidin-4-yl } carbonyl) -3- phenylpiperidin-4-yl] amino}methyl) biphenyl-4-carbonitrile monohydrochloride
Using the compound obtained in Example 38 and (5-oxo-4,5- dihydro-lH-1, 2, 4-triazol-3-yl) acetic acid, the reaction and purification were performed in the same manner as in the method described in Example 79. The obtained product was treated with 1 equivalent of hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate to give the title compound. MS(ESI+) : 634 (M-HC1+H) Example 86 4- [ { (3R, 4S) -4-{ [ (4' -cyano-4-methoxybiphenyl-3- yl) methyl] amino }-3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl } carbonyl] -N, N- dimethylpiperidine-1-carboxamide
Using the compound obtained in Example 38 and dimethylcarbamoyl chloride, the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in Example 83. MS(ESI+) : 580 (M+H) Example 87
4'-methoxy-3'-{ [ ( ( 3R, 4S) -3-phenyl-l- { [ 1- (IH-I, 2, 4-triazol-l- ylacetyl) piperidin-4-yl] carbonyl}piperidin-4- yl) amino]methyl }biphenyl-4-carbonitrile monohydrochloride Using the compound obtained in Example 38 and (IH-I, 2, 4- triazol-1-yl) acetic acid, the reaction and purification were performed in the same manner as in the method described in Example 79. The obtained product was treated with 1 equivalent of hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate to give the title compound. MS(ESI+) : 618 (M-HCl+H) Example 88
3' - [ ( { (3R, 4S) -1- [ (5, 5-dimethyl-2, 4-dioxo-l, 3-oxazolidin-3- yl) acetyl] -3-phenylpiperidin-4-yl } amino) methyl] -4' - methoxybiphenyl-4-carbonitrile
Using the compound obtained in Example 5 and (5,5- dimethyl-2, 4-dioxo-l, 3-oxazolidin-3-yl) acetic acid synthesized by a known method (WO2006/030975) , the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in Example 79. MS(ESI+) : 567 (M+H) Example 89 tert-butyl (3R, 4S) -4-{ [ (4' -cyano-4-methoxybiphenyl-3- yl) methyl] amino} -3- (4-fluorophenyl) piperidine-1-carboxylate (Step 1)
A solution of tert-butyl 3- (4-fluorophenyl) -4- oxopiperidine-1-carboxylate (6.0 g) synthesized by a known method (WO03/101964 ) , (S) -1-phenylethylamine (3.7 g) and aluminum chloride (0.14 g) in toluene (40 mL) was stirred for 14 hr under an argon atmosphere, while azeotropic dehydration was carried out at 14O0C using a Dean-Stark trap, and the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. Raney-nickel (10 g) was washed with ethanol and suspended in ethanol (45 mL) . The residue obtained from the reaction mixture mentioned above was added, and the mixture was stirred under a hydrogen pressure of 0.5 MPa at 25°C for 48 hr. Raney- nickel was removed by decantation, and the supernatant was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent gradient; 10-»50% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give a pale-yellow oil (6.1 g) . A mixture of the obtained residue, palladium carbon (5 wt%, 1 g) and ethanol (50 rriL) was stirred under a hydrogen pressure of 0.5 MPa at 6O0C for 30 hr. The palladium carbon was filtered off, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent gradient; hexane:ethyl acetate=2:l -» ethyl acetate alone —> ethyl acetate:methanol=2 : 1 ) to give tert-butyl (3R, 4S) -4-amino-3- (4-fluorophenyl) piperidine-1-carboxylate (4.3 g, 71%) as a colorless powder. Elemental analysis: Ci δH23 FN2O2
Found C, 65.36; H, 7.77; N, 9.34 Calcd. C, 65.28; H, 7.88; N, 9.52 (Step 2)
To a solution of the compound (1.2 g) obtained in Step 1, 3' -formyl-4' -methoxybiphenyl-4-carbonitrile (0.95 g) and acetic acid (0.8 rriL) in methylene chloride (30 mL) was added NaBH (OAc) 3 (2.5 g) , and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hr. A saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and then with brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (NH Chromatorex) (solvent gradient; 0—>50% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give the title compound (1.9 g, 81%) as white crystals. Elemental analysis: C31 H34 FN3O3 • H 20 Found C, 71.05; H, 6.68; N, 8.21 Calcd. C, 70.97; H, 6.72; N, 8.01 MS(ESI+) : 516(M+H) Example 90
3' - ( { [ (3R, 4S) -3- (4-fluorophenyl)piperidin-4-yl]amino}methyl) - 4' -methoxybiphenyl-4-carbonitrile dihydrochloride
Using the compound obtained in Example 89, the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in Example 4.
MS(ESI+): 416(M-2HC1+H)
Example 91
N-{2- [ (3R, 4S) -4-{ [ (4' -cyano-4-methoxybiphenyl-3- yl) methyl] amino) -3- (4-fluorophenyl) piperidin-l-yl] -2- oxoethyl } acetamide
Using the compound obtained in Example 90 and acetylglycine, the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in Example 79.
MS(ESI+) : 515(M+H)
Example 92
3' - ( { [ (3R, 4S)-I- [ (l-acetylpiperidin-4-yl) carbonyl] -3- (4- fluorophenyl) piperidin-4-yl] aminojmethyl) -4' -methoxybiphenyl- 4-carbonitrile
Using the compound obtained in Example 90 and 1- acetylpiperidine-4-carboxylic acid, the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in Example 79. MS(ESI+) : 569 (M+H)
Example 93 tert-butyl (3R, 4S) -4- ( { [4' -cyano-2' -fluoro-4-
(trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-3-yl] methyl }amino) -3- phenylpiperidine-1-carboxylate Using tert-butyl (3R, 4S) -4-amino-3-phenylpiperidine-l- carboxylate and the compound obtained in Reference Example 28, the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in
Example 7. MS(ESI+) : 570 (M+H)
Example 94
2-fluoro-3' - ( { [ (3R, 4S) -3-phenylpiperidin-4-yl] aminojmethyl) -
4' - (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-4-carbonitrile dihydrochloride
Using the compound obtained in Example 93, the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in Example 4.
MS(ESI+): 47O(M-2HC1+H)
Example 95
2-fluoro-3' - ( { [ (3R, 4S) -3-phenylpiperidin-4-yl] aminojmethyl) - 4' - (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-4-carbonitrile • bis (triflυoroacetate)
A solution of the compound (4.1 g) obtained in Example 93 in TFA (10 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 2 hr. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound.
MS(ESI+): 470(M-2TFA+H)
Example 96
3'-[({(3R, 4S)-l-[(5, 5-dimethyl-2, 4-dioxo-l, 3-oxazolidin-3- yl) acetyl] -3-phenylpiperidin-4-yl }amino)methyl] -2-fluoro-4' - (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-4-carbonitrile
To a solution of the compound (325 mg) obtained in
Example 94, Et3N (182 mg).and (5, 5-dimethyl-2, 4-dioxo-l, 3- oxazolidin-3-yl) acetic acid (168 mg) in DMF (6 mL) were added
WSC-HCl (173 mg) and HOBt-H2O (138 mg) , and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 hr. The reaction mixture was poured into water, and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and brine and dried, and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (NH Chromatorex) (solvent gradient; 20-»75% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give the title compound (180 mg, 47%) as a colorless amorphous solid.
Elemental analysis: C33H30F4N4O5-O^H2O Found C, 61.63; H, 4.80; N, 8.72 Calcd. C, 61.54; H, 4.79; N, 8.70
MS(ESI+) : 639 (M+H)
Example 97
3'-[ ({ (3R,4S)-l-[ (5, 5-dimethyl-2, 4-dioxo-l, 3-oxazolidin-3- yl) acetyl] -3-phenylpiperidin-4-yl } amino) methyl] -2-fluoro-4' - ( triflυoromethoxy) biphenyl-4-carbonitrile monohydrochloride
The compound (78 mg) obtained in Example 96 was treated with 1 equivalent of 4N hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate (0.1 mL) , and crystallized from ethyl acetate/IPE to give the title compound.
Melting point: 198-2000C
Elemental analysis: C33H3IClF4N4O5-O-SH2O Found C, 58.02; H, 4.58; N, 8.16 Calcd. C, 57.94; H, 4.71; N, 8.19 MS(ESI+): 639(M-HC1+H) Example 98
3'-{ [ ( (3R, 4S)-I- { [ (4S)-2,5-dioxoimidazolidin-4-yl]acetyl}-3- phenylpiperidin-4-yl) amino] methyl } -2-fluoro-4' - (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-4-carbonitrile Using the compound obtained in Example 94 and [ (4S) -2,5- dioxoimidazolidin-4-yl] acetic acid synthesized by a known method (Journal of the American Chemical Society (1947), 69, 1382), the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in Example 79.
MS(ESI+) : 610 (M+H) Example 99
3' -[ ({ (3R, 4S)-l-[ (2, 5-dioxoimidazolidin-l-yl) acetyl] -3- phenylpiperidin-4-yl } amino) methyl] -2-fluoro-4 ' - (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-4-carbonitrile
Using the compound obtained in Example 94 and (2,5- dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl) acetic acid synthesized by a known method (Journal of the Chemical Society, Perkin Transactions 1: Organic and Bio-Organic Chemistry (1972-1999) (1988), (12), 3175-82) , the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in Example 79. MS(ESI+) : 610 (M+H) Example 100 2-fluoro-3' - ( { [ (3R, 4S) -l-glycoloyl-3-phenylpiperidin-4- yl] amino}methyl) -4' - (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-4-carbonitrile
To a solution of the compound (325 mg) obtained in Example 94, Et3N (182 mg) and glycolic acid (92 mg) in DMF (6 mL) were added WSC-HCl (173 mg) and HOBt-H2O (138 mg) , and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 hr. The reaction mixture was poured into water, and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and brine and dried, and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (NH Chromatorex) (solvent gradient; 20-»75% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give the title compound (215 mg, 68%) as white crystals. Melting point: 132-134°C Elemental analysis: C28H25F4N3O3
Found C, 63.72; H, 4.84; N, 7.84 Calcd. C, 63.75; H, 4.78; N, 7.97 MS(ESI+) : 528 (M+H) Example 101 3' - [ ( { (3R, 4S) -1- [ (l-acetylpiperidin-4-yl) carbonyl] -3- phenylpiperidin-4-yl } amino) methyl] -2-fluoro-4'- (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-4-carbonitrile
To a solution of the compound (325 mg) obtained in Example 94, Et3N (182 mg) and l-acetylpiperidine-4-carboxylic acid (154 mg) in DMF (6 mL) were added WSC-HCl (173 mg) and HOBt-H2O (138 mg) , and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 hr. The reaction mixture was poured into water, and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and brine and dried, and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (NH Chromatorex) (solvent gradient; 20->75% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give the title compound (253 mg, 68%) as a colorless amorphous solid. Elemental analysis: C34 H34 F4 N4O3 • 0.2H2O Found C,65.29; H, 5.70; N, 8.54 Calcd. C, 65.21; H, 5.54; N, 8.95 MS(ESI+) : 623 (M+H) Example 102
3' - [ ( { (3R, 4S)-I- [ (2, 6-dioxopiperidin-4-yl) carbonyl] -3- phenylpiperidin-4-yl } amino) methyl] -2-fluoro-4' - (trifluoromethoxy)biphenyl-4-carbonitrile
To a solution of the compound (325 mg) obtained in Example 94, Et3N (182 mg) and 2, 6-dioxopiperidine-4-carboxylic acid (141 mg) in DMF (6 mL) were added WSC-HCl (173 mg) and HOBt-H2O (138 mg) , and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 hr. The reaction mixture was poured into water, and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and brine and dried, and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (NH Chromatorex) (solvent gradient; 20->75% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give the title compound (245 mg, 67%) as a colorless amorphous solid. Elemental analysis: C32H2SF4N4O4
Found C, 62.78; H, 4.94; N, 8.92 Calcd. C, 63.15; H, 4.64; N, 9.21 MS(ESI+) : 609 (M+H) Example 103
3'-[({(3R,4S)-l-[ (2,4-dioxo-1, 3-oxazolidin-3-yl) acetyl] -3- phenylpiperidin-4-yl}amino)methyl] -2-fluoro-4' - (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-4-carbonitrile Using the compound obtained in Example 94 and (2,4-dioxo- 1, 3-oxazolidin-3-yl) acetic acid, the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in Example 79. MS(ESI+) : 611 (M+H) Example 104 2- [ ( 3R, 4 S ) -4 - ( { [ 4 ' -cyano-2 ' - f luoro-4 -
(trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-3-yl ] methyl } amino) -3- phenylpiperidin-1-yl] -2-oxoacetamide
To a solution of the compound (380 mg) obtained in Example 94, Et3N (213 mg) and oxamic acid (94 mg) in DMF (6 mL) were added WSC-HCl (201 mg) and HOBt-H2O (161 mg) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 13 hr. The reaction mixture was poured into water, and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and brine and dried, and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent gradient; 50-»100% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give the title compound (230 mg, 61%) as white crystals.
Melting point: 142-1440C Elemental analysis: C28H24F4N4O3
Found C, 62.09; H, 4.55; N, 10.27 Calcd. C, 62.22; H, 4.48; N, 10.37 MS(ESI+) : 541 (M+H) Example 105
2- [ (3R, 4S) -4- ( { [4' -cyano-2' -fluoro-4- (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-3-yl] methyl } amino) -3- phenylpiperidin-1-yl] -N, N-dimethyl-2-oxoacetamide Using the compound obtained in Example 94 and N, N- dimethyloxamic acid, the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in Example 79. MS(ESI+) : 569(M+H) Example 106
3'-[ ({ (3R, 4S)-I- [ (2,4-dioxo-3,4-dihydropyrimidin-l(2H)- yl) acetyl] -3-phenylpiperidin-4-yl } amino) methyl] -2-fluoro-4' -
(trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-4-carbonitrile
Using the compound obtained in Example 94 and (2,4-dioxo- 3, 4-dihydro-2H-pyrimidin-l-yl) acetic acid, the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in Example 79. MS(ESI+) : 622 (M+H) Example 107 2-fluoro-3'-[ ({ (3R,4S)-3-phenyl-l-[ (3, 4 , 4-trimethyl-2, 5- dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl) acetyl] piperidin-4-yl }amino)methyl] -A' - (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-4-carbonitrile monohydrochloride (Step 1)
To a solution of 1, 5, 5-trimethylhydantoin (4.98 g) in DMF (30 mL) was added 60% NaH (1.68 g) at 00C, and the mixture was stirred for 30 min. A solution of benzyl bromoacetate (8.0 g) in DMF (10 mL) was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hr. The reaction mixture was poured into water, and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and brine and dried, and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent gradient; 50->100% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give a colorless oil (8.5 g). A mixture of the obtained oil (7.3 g) , 10% palladium carbon (0.73 g) and ethanol (130 mL) was stirred at room temperature under a hydrogen atmosphere (0.1 MPa) for 5 hr. The catalyst was filtered off, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give (3, 4 , 4-trimethyl-2, 5-dioxoimidazolidin-l- yl) acetic acid (4.6 g) as white crystals. Melting point: 130-1320C (Step 2)
Using the compound obtained in Example 94 and the compound obtained in Step 1, the reaction and purification were performed in the same manner as in the method described in Example 79. The obtained product was treated with 1 equivalent of hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate to give the title compound. MS(ESI+): 652(M-HC1+H) Example 108
2-[ (3R,4S)-4-({ [4' -cyano-2' -fluoro-4- (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-3-yl]methyl }amino) -3- phenylpiperidin-1-yl] -N-methyl-2-oxoacetamide monohydrochloride
Using the compound obtained in Example 94 and oxalic acid mono- (N-methyl) -amide, the reaction and purification were performed in the same manner as in the method described in Example 79. The obtained product was treated with 1 equivalent of hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate to give the title compound. MS(ESI+) : 555(M-HC1+H) Example 109
3'-[ ({ (3R, 4S)-I- [ (2,β-dioxopiperidin-l-yl)acetyl]-3- phenylpiperidin-4-yl} amino) methyl] -2-fluoro-4' - (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-4-carbonitrile monohydrochloride
Using the compound obtained in Example 94 and (2,6- dioxopiperidin-1-yl) acetic acid, the reaction and purification were performed in the same manner as in the method described in Example 79. The obtained product was treated with 1 equivalent of hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate to give the title compound. MS(ESI+) : 623(M-HC1+H) Example 110 (3R,4S)-4-({ [4' -cyano-2' -fluoro-4- (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl- 3-yl ] methyl } amino) -N-methyl-3-phenylpiperidine-l-carboxamide
Using the compound obtained in Example 94 and methyl isocyanate, the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in Example 83. MS(ESI+) : 527 (M+H) Example 111
3'-[ ({ (3R, 4S)-I- [ (4,4-dimethyl-2, 5-dioxoimidazolidin-l- yl) acetyl] -3-phenylpiperidin-4-yl } amino) methyl] -2-fluoro-4'- (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-4-carbonitrile monohydrochloride Using the compound obtained in Example 94 and (4,4- dimethyl-2, 5-dioxoimidazolidin-l-yl) acetic acid, the reaction and purification were performed in the same manner as in the method described in Example 79. The obtained product was treated with 1 equivalent of hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate to give the title compound. MS(ESI+) : 638 (M-HC1+H) Example 112
2-fluoro-3'-[ ({ (3R,4S)-l-[ (3-oxo-2-azaspiro [4.5] dec-2- yl) acetyl] -3-phenylpiperidin-4-yl } amino) methyl] -4 ' - ( trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-4-carbonitrile monohydrochloride (Step 1)
Using 2-azaspiro [4.5] decan-3-one, (3-oxo-2- azaspiro [4.5] dec-2-yl) acetic acid was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in Example 107, Step 1. Melting point: 122-124°C (Step 2)
Using the compound obtained in Example 94 and the compound obtained in Step 1, the reaction and purification were performed in the same manner as in the method described in Example 79. The obtained product was treated with 1 equivalent of hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate to give the title compound. MS(ESI+) : 663(M-HC1+H) Example 113
3' -[ ({ (3R,4S)-l-[ (2,4-dioxo-l,3-diazaspiro[4.4]non-3- yl) acetyl] -3-phenylpiperidin-4-yl } amino) methyl] -2-fluoro-4 ' -
(trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-4-carbonitrile monohydrochloride
Using the compound obtained in Example 94 and (2,4-dioxo- 1, 3-diazaspiro [4.4 ] non-3-yl) acetic acid, the reaction and purification were performed in the same manner as in the method described in Example 79. The obtained product was treated with 1 equivalent of hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate to give the title compound. MS(ESI+): 664 (M-HC1+H) Example 114 tert-bυtyl (3R, 4S) -4- ( { [4 ' -chloro-4- (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-3-yl] methyl } amino) -3- phenylpiperidine-1-carboxylate Using tert-butyl ( 3R, 4S) -4-amino-3-phenylpiperidine-l- carboxylate and the compound obtained in Reference Example 31, the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in Example 7. MS(ESI+) : 561 (M+H) Example 115
(3R, 4S) -N- { [4' -chloro-4- (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-3- yl] methyl } -3-phenylpiperidin-4-amine dihydrochloride
A solution of the compound (2.1 g) obtained in Example 114 in TFA (6 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 2 hr. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was dissolved in a mixture of ethyl acetate-lM NaOH aqueous solution. The organic layer was washed with brine and dried, and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was treated with 2 equivalents of hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate to give the title compound. MS(ESI+): 461 (M-2HC1+H) Example 116 3-{2- [ (3R, 4S) -4- ( { [4' -chloro-4- (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-3- yl] methyl} amino) -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl] -2-oxoethyl } -5, 5- dimethyl-1, 3-oxazolidine-2, 4-dione monohydrochloride
To a solution of the compound (267 mg) obtained in Example 115, Et3N (152 mg) and (5, 5-dimethyl-2, 4-dioxo-l, 3- oxazolidin-3-yl) acetic acid (140 mg) in DMF (6 mL) were added WSC-HCl (144 mg) and HOBt-H2O (115 mg) , and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 14 hr. The reaction mixture was poured into water, and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and brine and dried, and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent gradient; 50->100% ethyl • acetate/hexane) . The obtained product was treated with 1 equivalent of hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate to give the title compound.
MS(ESI+) : 63O(M-HC1+H)
Example 117
4-{ [ (3R, 4S) -4- ( { [4' -chloro-4- (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-3- yl] methyl } amino) -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl] carbonyl }piperidine- 2,6-dione monohydrochloride
Using the compound obtained in Example 115 and 2,6- dioxopiperidine-4-carboxylic acid, the reaction and purification were performed in the same manner as in the method described in Example 79. The obtained product was treated with 1 equivalent of hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate to give the title compound.
MS(ESI+) : 600(M-HCl+H)
Example 118
(3R, 4S) -1- [ (l-acetylpiperidin-4-yl) carbonyl] -N- { [4' -chloro-4- (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-3-yl] methyl }-3-phenylpiperidin-4- amine monohydrochloride
Using the compound obtained in Example 115 and 1- acetylpiperidine-4-carboxylic acid, the reaction and purification were performed in the same manner as in the method described in Example 79. The obtained product was treated with 1 equivalent of hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate to give the title compound.
MS(ESI+) : 614 (M-HC1+H)
Example 119 tert-butyl (3R, 4S) -4- ( { [2' -chloro-4 ' -cyano-4-
(trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-3-yl] methyl } amino) -3- phenylpiperidine-1-carboxylate
Using tert-butyl (3R, 4S) -4-amino-3-phenylpiperidine-l- carboxylate and the compound obtained in Reference Example 35, the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in
Example 7.
MS(ESI+) : 586(M+H)
Example 120 2-chloro-3' - ( { [ (3R, 4S) -3-phenylpiperidin-4-yl] amino}methyl) -
4' - (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-4-carbonitrile dihydrochloride Using the compound obtained in Example 119, the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in Example 115. MS(ESI+): 486(M-2HC1+H)
Example 121
2-chloro-3' - [ ( { (3R, 4S)-I- [ (5, 5-dimethyl-2, 4-dioxo-l, 3- oxazolidin-3-yl) acetyl] -3-phenylpiperidin-4-yl }amino) methyl] -
4' - (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-4-carbonitrile monohydrochloride Using the compound obtained in Example 120 and (5,5- dimethyl-2, 4-dioxo-l, 3-oxazolidin-3-yl) acetic acid, the reaction and purification were performed in the same manner as in the method described in Example 79. The obtained product was treated with 1 equivalent of hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate to give the title compound.
MS(ESI+) : 655(M-HC1+H)
Example 122
2-chloro-3'-[ ( { (3R, 4S)-l-[ (2, 6-dioxopiperidin-4-yl) carbonyl] -
3-phenylpiperidin-4-yl}amino)methyl] -4' - (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-4-carbonitrile monohydrochloride Using the compound obtained in Example 120 and 2,6- dioxopiperidine-4-carboxylic acid, the reaction and purification were performed in the same manner as in the method described in Example 79. The obtained product was treated with 1 equivalent of hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate to give the title compound.
MS(ESI+) : 625(M-HC1+H)
Example 123
3'-[ ({ (3R,4S)-l-[ (l-acetylpiperidin-4-yl) carbonyl] -3- phenylpiperidin-4-yl } amino) methyl] -2-chloro-4' - (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-4-carbonitrile monohydrochloride Using the compound obtained in Example 120 and 1- acetylpiperidine-4-carboxylic acid, the reaction and purification were performed in the same manner as in the method described in Example 79. The obtained, product was treated with 1 equivalent of hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate to give the title compound.
MS(ESI+) : 639(M-HC1+H)
Example 124 tert-butyl (3R, 4S) -4- ( { [2' , 4' -dichloro-4-
(trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-3-yl] methyl} amino) -3- phenylpiperidine-1-carboxylate
Using tert-butyl (3R, 4S) -4-amino-3-phenylpiperidine-l- carboxylate and the compound obtained in Reference Example 33, the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in
Example 7.
MS (ESI+) : 595 (M+H)
Example 125 (3R, 4S) -N- { [2' , 4' -dichloro-4- (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-3- yl] methyl } -3-phenylpiperidin-4-amine dihydrochloride
Using the compound obtained in Example 124, the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in Example 115. MS(ESI+): 495(M-2HC1+H)
Example 126
3-{2-[ (3R,4S)-4-({ [2' , 4' -dichloro-4 -
(trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-3-yl] methyl } amino) -3- phenylpiperidin-1-yl] -2-oxoethyl } -5, 5-dimethyl-l, 3- oxazolidine-2, 4-dione monohydrochloride
Using the compound obtained in Example 125 and (5,5- dimethyl-2, 4-dioxo-l, 3-oxazolidin-3-yl) acetic acid, the reaction and purification were performed in the same manner as in the method described in Example 79. The obtained product was treated with 1 equivalent of hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate to give the title compound.
MS(ESI+) : 664 (M-HC1+H)
Example 127
4-{ [ (3R, 4S) -4- ({ [2' , 4' -dichloro-4- (trifluoromethoxy)biphenyl- 3-yl ] methyl } amino) -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl] carbonyl Jpiperidine-
2,6-dione monohydrochloride
Using the compound obtained in Example 125 and 2,6- dioxopiperidine-4-carboxylic acid, the reaction and purification were performed in the same manner as in the method described in Example 79. The obtained product was treated with 1 equivalent of hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate to give the title compound.
MS(ESI+) : 634 (M-HC1+H)
Example 128 (3R, 4S) -1- [ (l-acetylpiperidin-4-yl) carbonyl] -N- { [2' , 4'- dichloro-4- (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-3-yl ] methyl } -3- phenylpiperidin-4-amine monohydrochloride
Using the compound obtained in Example 125 and 1- acetylpiperidine-4-carboxylic acid, the reaction and purification were performed in the same manner as in the method described in Example 79. The obtained product was treated with 1 equivalent of hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate to give the title compound.
MS(ESI+): 648 (M-HC1+H) Example 129 tert-butyl (3R,4S)-4-({ [4' -chloro-2' -fluoro-4-
(trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-3-yl] methyl } amino) -3- phenylpiperidine-1-carboxylate
Using tert-butyl (3R, 4S) -4-amino-3-phenylpiperidine-l- carboxylate and the compound obtained in Reference Example 29, the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in
Example 7.
MS (ESI + ) : 579 (M+H) Example 130 (3R, 4S) -N- { [4' -chloro-2' -fluoro-4- (triflυoromethoxy) biphenyl- 3-yl]methyl}-3-phenylpiperidin-4-amine dihydrochloride
Using the compound obtained in Example 129, the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in Example 115. MS(ESI+): 479(M-2HC1+H) Example 131
3-{2-[ (3R, 4S)-4-({ [4' -chloro-2'-fluoro-4- (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-3-yl] methyl }amino) -3- phenylpiperidin-1-yl] -2-oxoethyl } -5, 5-dimethyl-l, 3- oxazolidine-2, 4-dione monohydrochloride
Using the compound obtained in Example 130 and (5,5- dimethyl-2, 4-dioxo-l, 3-oxazolidin-3-yl) acetic acid, the reaction and purification were performed in the same manner as in the method described in Example 79. The obtained product was treated with 1 equivalent of hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate to give the title compound. MS(ESI+) : 648 (M-HC1+H) Example 132 4-{ [ (3R, 4S)-4-({ [4' -chloro-2'-fluoro-4-
(trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-3-yl] methyl } amino) -3- phenylpiperidin-1-yl] carbonyl }piperidine-2, 6-dione monohydrochloride
To a solution of the compound (276 mg) obtained in Example 130, Et3N (152 mg) and 2, 6-dioxopiperidine-4-carboxylic acid (118 mg) in DMF (6 mL) were added WSC-HCl (144 mg) and HOBt-H2O (115 mg) , and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 14 hr. The reaction mixture was poured into water, and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and brine and dried, and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent gradient; 50->100% ethyl acetate/hexane) . The obtained product was treated with 1 equivalent of hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate to give the title compound.
Melting point: 162-164°C
Elemental analysis: C3iH29Cl2F4N3(Vl.3H2θ
Found C, 54.93; H, 4.85; N, 5.92 Calcd. C, 54.92; H, 4.70; N, 6.20 MS(ESI+) : 618(M-HC1+H) Example 133
2- [ (3R, 4S) -4- ( { [4' -chloro-2' -fluoro-4- (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-3-yl] methyl } amino) -3- phenylpiperidin-1-yl] -2-oxoethanol
Using the compound obtained in Example 130 and glycolic acid, the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in Example 79. MS (ESI+) : 537 (M+H) Example 134
(3R, 4S) -1- [ (l-acetylpiperidin-4-yl) carbonyl] -N- { [4' -chloro-2' - fluoro-4- (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-3-yl] methyl } -3- phenylpiperidin-4-amine monohydrochloride Using the compound obtained in Example 130 and 1- acetylpiperidine-4-carboxylic acid, the reaction and purification were performed in the same manner as in the method described in Example 79. The obtained product was treated with 1 equivalent of hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate to give the title compound. MS(ESI+) : 632(M-HC1+H) Example 135 tert-butyl (3R,4S)-4-({ [4' -cyano-4- (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl- 3-yl] methyl } amino) -3-phenylpiperidine-l-carboxylate Using tert-butyl (3R, 4S) -4-amino-3-phenylpiperidine-l- carboxylate and the compound obtained in Reference Example 8, the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in Example 7. MS(ESI+) : 552 (M+H) Example 136
3' - ( { [ (3R, 4S) -3-phenylpiperidin-4-yl]amino}methyl) -4' - (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-4-carbonitrile dihydrochloride
Using the compound obtained in Example 135, the title compound was obtained by the reaction and purification in the same manner as in the method described in Example 115. MS(ESI+): 452 (M-2HC1+H) Example 137 3' - [ ( { (3R, 4S) -1- [ (5, 5-dimethyl-2, 4-dioxo-l, 3-oxazolidin-3- yl) acetyl] -3-phenylpiperidin-4-yl } amino) methyl] -4' -
(trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-4-carbonitrile monohydrochloride
To a solution of the compound (262 mg) obtained in Example 136, Et3N (152 mg) and (5, 5-dimethyl-2, 4-dioxo-l, 3- oxazolidin-3-yl) acetic acid (140 mg) in DMF (6 mL) were added WSC-HCl (144 mg) and HOBt-H2O (115 mg) , and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 14 hr. The reaction mixture was poured into water, and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and brine and dried, and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent gradient; 50—»100% ethyl acetate/hexane) . The obtained product was treated with 1 equivalent of hydrogen chloride/ethyl acetate to give the title compound.
Melting point: 197-199°C
Elemental analysis: C33H32ClF3N4O5-O^H2O Found C, 59.78; H, 4.85; N, 8.42 Calcd. C, 59.50; H, 4.99; N, 8.41 MS(ESI+): 62O(M-HC1+H)
The compounds described in Examples 47-137 are as follows (Tables 8-14) . Table 8
Figure imgf000153_0001
Additives MS (ESI)
Figure imgf000153_0002
Figure imgf000153_0003
Table 9
Figure imgf000154_0001
Additives MS (ESI)
Figure imgf000154_0002
Figure imgf000154_0003
Table 10
Figure imgf000155_0001
Additives MS (ESI)
Figure imgf000155_0002
Figure imgf000155_0003
Table 11
Figure imgf000156_0001
Additives MS (ESI)
Figure imgf000156_0002
Figure imgf000156_0003
Table 12
Figure imgf000157_0001
Additives MS (ESI)
Figure imgf000157_0002
Figure imgf000157_0003
Table 13
Figure imgf000158_0001
Additives MS (ESI)
Figure imgf000158_0002
Figure imgf000158_0003
Table 14
Figure imgf000159_0001
Additives MS (ESI)
Figure imgf000159_0002
Figure imgf000159_0003
Preparative Example 1
( 1 ) Compound of Example 1 10 mg
( 2 ) Lactose 60 mg
(3) Corn starch 35 mg (4) Hydroxypropylmethylcellulose 3 mg
(5) Magnesium stearate ' 2 mg
A mixture of the compound (10 mg) obtained in Example 1, lactose (60 mg) and corn starch (35 mg) is granulated using an aqueous solution (0.03 mL) of 10 wt% hydroxypropylmethylcellulose (3 mg as hydroxypropylmethylcellulose) , and then dried at 400C and sieved. The obtained granules are mixed with magnesium stearate (2 mg) and compressed. The obtained uncoated tablets are sugar-coated with an aqueous suspension of sucrose, titanium dioxide, talc and gum Arabic. The thus-coated tablets are glazed with bees wax to obtain finally-coated tablets. Preparative Example 2
(1) Compound of Example 1 10 mg
(2) Lactose 70 mg (3) Corn starch 50 mg
(4) Soluble starch 7 mg
(5) Magnesium stearate 3 mg
The compound obtained in Example 1 (10 mg) and magnesium stearate (3 mg) are granulated with an aqueous soluble starch solution (0.07 mL, 7 mg as soluble starch), dried, and mixed with lactose (70 mg) and corn starch (50 mg) . The mixture is compressed to obtain tablets.
Reference Preparative Example 1
(1) Rofecoxib 5.0 mg (2) Sodium chloride 20.0 mg
(3) Distilled water to 2.0 mL of total volume
Rofecoxib (5.0 mg) and sodium chloride (20.0 mg) are dissolved in distilled water, and water is added to make the total volume 2.0 mL. The solution is filtered, and filled into ampoule (2 mL) under sterile condition. The ampoule is sterilized, and then sealed to obtain a solution for injection.
Reference Preparative Example 2
(1) Rofecoxib 50 mg (2) Lactose 34, mg
(3) Corn starch 10.6 mg
(4) Corn starch (paste) 5 mg
(5) Magnesium stearate 0.4 mg
(6) Calcium carboxymethylcellulose 20 mg total 120 mg
The above-mentioned (1) to (6) are mixed according to a conventional method and tableted by a tablet machine to obtain tablets. Preparative Example 3 The formulation prepared in Preparative Example 1 or 2, and the formulation prepared in Reference Preparative Example 1 or 2 are combined. Experimental Example 1
Radioligand receptor binding inhibitory activity (Binding inhibitory activity using receptor from human lymphoblast cells (IM-9))
The method of M. A. Cascieri et al., [Molecular Pharmacology, vol. 42, p. 458 (1992)] was modified and used. The receptor was prepared from human lymphoblast cells (IM-9) . IM-9 cells (2 X 105 cells/mL) were incubated for 3 days (one liter) , which was then subjected to centrifugation for 5 minutes at 500 X G to obtain cell pellets. The obtained pellets were washed once with phosphate buffer (Flow Laboratories, CAT. No. 28-103-05), which were then homogenized using Polytron homogenizer ("Kinematika", Germany) in 30 mL of 50 mM Tris-HCl buffer (pH 7.4) containing 120 mM sodium chloride, 5 mM potassium chloride, 2 μg/mL chymostatin, 40 μg/mL bacitracin, 5 μg/mL phosphoramidon, 0.5 mM phenylmethylsulfonyl fluoride, and 1 mM ethylenediamine tetraacetate, which was subjected to centrifugation at 40,000 X G for 20 minutes. The residue was washed twice with 30 mL of the above-mentioned buffer, which was then preserved frozen (-8O0C) as a specimen of the receptor.
The specimen was suspended in a reaction buffer (50 mM Tri-HCl buffer (pH 7.4), 0.02% bovine serum albumin, 1 mM phenylmethylsulfonyl fluoride, 2 μg/mL chymostatin, 40 μg/mL bacitracin and 3 mM manganese chloride) to have protein in the concentration of 0.5 mg/mL of protein and 100 μL portion of the suspension was used in the reaction. After addition of the sample and 125I-BHSP (0.46 KBq), the reaction was allowed to proceed in 0.2 mL of reaction buffer at 25°C for 30 minutes. The amount of nonspecific binding was determined by adding substance P at a final concentration of 2 X 10"6 M.
After the reaction, using a cell harvester (290 PHD, Cambridge Technology, Inc., U.S.A.), filtration was carried out through a glass filter (GF/B, Whatman, U.S.A.), which was immersed in 0.1% polyethyleneimine for 24 hours and dried. After washing three times with 250 μL of 50 mM Tris-HCl buffer (pH 7.4) containing 0.02% bovine serum albumin, the radioactivity remaining on the filter was determined with a gamma counter.
The antagonistic activity of each compound obtained in Examples was determined in terms of the concentration necessary to cause 50% inhibition (IC5O value) under the above- described conditions, and the results were shown in Table (Table 15) .
( Table 15 )
Example No. IC50 (nM)
10 0.019
11 0.016
15 0.020
16 0.031
17 0.022
18 0.036
21 0.019
22 0.018
23 0.015
24 0.021
25 0.018
32 0.015
33 0.015
35 0.017
36 0.017
41 0.019
42 0.014
43 0.015
44 0.015
72 0.023
96 0.021
97 0.023
100 0.015
101 0.024
102 0.013
104 0.019
116 0.058
132 0.140
137 0.042
Radioligand means substance P labeled with [125I] . From Table 15, it is understood that the compounds of the present invention have an excellent antagonistic action for the substance P receptors.
This application is based on a patent application No. 2005-227183 filed in Japan, the contents of which are incorporated in full herein by this reference.

Claims

1. A compound represented by the formula:
R2
Figure imgf000165_0001
wherein Ar is a phenyl group optionally having substituent (s) , R1 is a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group optionally having substituent (s) , an acyl group or a heterocyclic group optionally having substituent (s) , R2 is a hydrogen atom, a Ci-6 alkyl group optionally having substituent (s) or a C3-6 cycloalkyl group optionally having substituent (s) , Z is a methylene group optionally having a Ci-6 alkyl group, ring A is a piperidine ring optionally further having substituent (s) , ring B and ring C are benzene rings optionally further having substituent (s) , and R2 optionally forms a ring together with the adjacent substituent on the ring B, except the compounds represented by the formula:
Figure imgf000165_0002
and the formula:
Figure imgf000165_0003
or a salt thereof.
2. The compound of claim 1, which is represented by the formula :
Figure imgf000166_0001
wherein the symbols in the formula are as defined in claim 1. 5
3. The compound of claim 1, which is represented by the formula:
Figure imgf000166_0002
io wherein the symbols in the formula are as defined in claim 1.
4. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein R1 is a hydrogen atom or an acyl group.
-25 5. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein R2 is a hydrogen atom or a Ci-6 alkyl group optionally having substituent (s) .
6. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein Z is a 20 methylene group optionally having a methyl group.
7. The compound of claim 3, wherein Ar is a phenyl group optionally having 1 to 3 halogen atoms;
R1 is (1) a hydrogen atom,
25 (2) a Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyl optionally having 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of (i) an amino, (ii) a Ci-6 alkoxy, (iii) a Ci-6 alkyl-carbonylamino, (iv) a Ci-6 alkoxy- carbonylamino, (v) a Ci-6 alkylsυlfonylamino, (vi) a 5- or 6- membered nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group optionally having 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of a Ci-6 alkyl and an oxo, said heterocyclic group optionally forms a spiro ring together with cyclopentaneι or cyclohexane, (vii) a Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyloxy, (viii)'a hydroxy and (ix) a carbamoyl,
(3) a Ci-6 alkoxy-carbonyl,
(4) a Ci-6 alkylamino-carbonyl, (5) a Ci-6 alkylsulfonyl,
(6) an aminocarbonylcarbonyl,
(7) a Ci-6 alkylamino-carbonylcarbonyl,
(8) a di-Ci-6 alkylamino-carbonylcarbonyl, or
(9) a piperidin-4-ylcarbonyl optionally having 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of (i) a Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyl optionally having a 5- or 6-membered nitrogen- containing heterocyclic group optionally having 1 or 2 oxo, (ii) a Ci-6 alkoxy-carbonyl, (iii) a Ci_6 alkylsulfonyl, (iv) a Ci-6 alkyl-carbonylamino-Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyl, (v) a di-Ci-6 alkyl- carbamoyl and (vi) an oxo;
R2 is (1) a hydrogen atom or (2) a Ci-e alkyl group optionally having 1 to 3 halogen atoms;
Z is a methylene group optionally having a methyl group; ring A is a piperidine ring without a further substituent; ring B is a benzene ring optionally further having a halogen atom or a Ci-6 alkyl or ring B forms a 2, 3-dihydrobenzofuran ring together with R2; and ring C is a benzene ring optionally having 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of (1) a cyano,
(2) a nitro,
(3) a halogen atom,
(4) a Ci-6 alkyl optionally having 1 to 3 halogen atoms,
(5) a Ci-6 alkynyl, (6) a Ci-6 alkoxy optionally having 1 to 3 halogen atoms, ( 7 ) a Ci-6 al kylthio ,
(8) a Ci-6 alkylsulfonyl,
(9) a di-Ci-6 alkylamino,
(10) a Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyl, (11) a Ci-6 alkyl-carbonylamino,
(12) a Ci-6 alkoxy-carbonyl and
(13) a carbamoyl.
8. A compound represented by the formula:
Figure imgf000168_0001
wherein
Ar is a phenyl group optionally having 1 to 3 halogen atoms;
R1 is (1) a hydrogen atom,
(2) a Cχ-6 alkyl-carbonyl optionally having 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of (i) an amino, (ii) a Cχ-6 alkoxy, (iii) a Ci-6 alkyl-carbonylamino, (iv) a Ci-6 alkoxy- carbonylamino, (v) a Ci-6 alkylsulfonylamino, (vi) a 5- or 6- membered nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group optionally having 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of a Ci-6 alkyl and an oxo, said heterocyclic group optionally forms a spiro ring together with cyclopentane or cyclohexane, (vii) a Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyloxy, (viii) a hydroxy and (ix) a carbamoyl,
(3) a Ci-6 alkoxy-carbonyl, (4) a Ci-6 alkylsulfonyl,
(5) an aminocarbonylcarbonyl,
(6) a Ci-6 alkylamino-carbonylcarbonyl,
(7) a di-Ci-6 alkylamino-carbonylcarbonyl, or
(8) a piperidin-4-ylcarbonyl optionally having 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of (i) a Ci_6 alkyl-carbonyl optionally having a 5- or 6-membered nitrogen- containing heterocyclic group optionally having 1 or 2 oxo, (ii) a Ci-6 alkoxy-carbonyl, (iii) a Ci-β alkylsulfonyl, (iv) a Ci-6 alkyl-carbonylamino-Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyl, (v) a di-Ci-β alkyl- carbamoyl and (vi) an oxo; R2 is (1) a hydrogen atom or (2) a Ci-6 alkyl group optionally having 1 to 3 halogen atoms;
Z is a methylene group optionally having a methyl group; ring A is a piperidine ring without a further substituent; ring B is a benzene ring optionally further having a halogen atom or a Ci-6 alkyl or ring B forms a 2, 3-dihydrobenzofuran ring together with R2; and ring C is a benzene ring optionally having 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of
(I) a cyano, (2) a nitro,
(3) a halogen atom,
(4) a Ci-6 alkyl optionally having 1 to 3 halogen atoms,
(5) a Ci-6 alkynyl,
(6) a Ci-6 alkoxy optionally having 1 to 3 halogen atoms, (7) a Ci-6 alkylthio,
(8) a Ci-6 alkylsulfonyl,
(9) a di-Ci-6 alkylamino,
(10) a Ci-6 alkyl-carbonyl,
(II) a Ci-6 alkyl-carbonylamino, (12) a Ci-6 alkoxy-carbonyl and
(13) a carbamoyl, or a salt thereof.
9. N-{2- [ (3R, 4S) -4- ( { [4' -chloro-4- (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl- 3-yl] methyl } amino) -3-phenylpiperidin-l-yl] -2- oxoethyl } acetamide,
3' - [ ( { (3R, 4S) -1- [ (5, 5-dimethyl-2, 4-dioxo-l, 3-oxazolidin-3- yl) acetyl] -3-phenylpiperidin-4-yl } amino) methyl] -2-fluoro-4' -
(trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-4-carbonitrile, 2-fluoro-3' - ( { [ (3R, 4S) -l-glycoloyl-3-phenylpiperidin-4- yl] amino}methyl) -4' - (triflυoromethoxy) biphenyl-4-carbonitrile, 3' — [ ( { (3R, 4S)-I- [ (l-acetylpiperidin-4-yl)carbonyl]-3- phenylpiperidin-4-yl } amino) methyl] -2-fluoro-4' - (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-4-carbonitrile, 3' -[ ({ (3R, 4S)-l-[ (2, β-dioxopiperidin-4-yl)carbonyl]-3- phenylpiperidin-4-yl}amino)methyl] -2-fluoro-4' - (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-4-carbonitrile, 2- [ (3R, 4S) -4- ( { [4' -cyano-2' -fluoro-4- (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-3-yl] methyl } amino) -3- phenylpiperidin-1-yl] -2-oxoacetamide,
3-{2-[ (3R, 4S) -4- ({ [ 4' -chloro-4- (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-3- yl] methyl } amino) -3-phenylpiperidin-1-yl] -2-oxoethyl } -5, 5- dimethyl-1, 3-oxazolidine-2, 4-dione, 4-{ [ (3R,4S)-4-({ [4'-chloro-2'-fluoro-4- (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-3-yl] methyl } amino) -3- phenylpiperidin-1-yl] carbonyl }piperidine-2, 6-dione, 3'-[ ({ (3R, 4S)-I- [ (5,5-dimethyl-2,4-dioxo-l,3-oxazolidin-3- yl) acetyl] -3-phenylpiperidin-4-yl } amino) methyl] -4' - (trifluoromethoxy) biphenyl-4-carbonitrile, or a salt thereof.
10. A prodrug of the compound of claim 1.
11. A pharmaceutical agent comprising the compound of claim 1 or a prodrug thereof.
12. The pharmaceutical agent of claim 11, which is a tachykinin receptor antagonist.
13. The pharmaceutical agent of claim 11, which is an agent for the prophylaxis or treatment of lower urinary tract symptoms, a digestive organ disease or a central nerve disease.
14. The pharmaceutical agent of claim 11, which is an agent for the prophylaxis or treatment of overactive bladder, lower urinary tract symptoms associated with benign prostatic hyperplasia, pelvic visceral pain, lower urinary tract symptoms associated with chronic prostatitis, lower urinary tract symptoms associated with interstitial cystitis, irritable bowel syndrome, inflammatory bowel disease, vomiting, nausea, depression, anxiety neurosis, anxiety or sleep disorder (insomnia) .
15. A method for the prophylaxis or treatment of lower urinary tract symptoms, a digestive organ disease or a central nerve disease, which comprises administering an effective amount of the compound of claim 1 or a prodrug thereof to a mammal.
16. Use of the compound of claim 1 or a prodrug thereof for the production of an agent for the prophylaxis or treatment of lower urinary tract symptoms, a digestive organ disease or a central nerve disease.
PCT/JP2006/315899 2005-08-04 2006-08-04 Piperidine derivative as tachykinin receptor antagonist WO2007015588A1 (en)

Priority Applications (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP06782685A EP1910292A1 (en) 2005-08-04 2006-08-04 Piperidine derivative as tachykinin receptor antagonist
JP2008505537A JP2009502739A (en) 2005-08-04 2006-08-04 Piperidine derivatives as tachykinin receptor antagonists
US11/701,380 US20070149570A1 (en) 2005-08-04 2007-02-02 Piperidine derivative and use thereof
TW096103834A TW200808724A (en) 2006-08-04 2007-02-02 Piperidine derivative and use thereof
ARP070100445A AR059295A1 (en) 2006-08-04 2007-02-02 DERIVATIVES OF PIPERIDINE AND ITS USES AS AN TAGIQUININE RECEIVER ANTAGONISTS. PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS.

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2005227183 2005-08-04
JP2005-227183 2005-08-04

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2007015588A1 true WO2007015588A1 (en) 2007-02-08

Family

ID=37160330

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2006/315899 WO2007015588A1 (en) 2005-08-04 2006-08-04 Piperidine derivative as tachykinin receptor antagonist

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (1) US20070149570A1 (en)
EP (1) EP1910292A1 (en)
JP (1) JP2009502739A (en)
WO (1) WO2007015588A1 (en)

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1790636A1 (en) * 2004-09-17 2007-05-30 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Piperidine derivatives and use thereof
WO2010007800A1 (en) * 2008-07-18 2010-01-21 大鵬薬品工業株式会社 Novel uracil compound having amide structure and salt thereof
WO2010032856A1 (en) 2008-09-19 2010-03-25 武田薬品工業株式会社 Nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound and use of same
JP2012505173A (en) * 2008-10-09 2012-03-01 エフ．ホフマン−ラ ロシュ アーゲー Pyrrolidine N-benzyl derivative
WO2017043092A1 (en) * 2015-09-11 2017-03-16 Raqualia Pharma Inc. Imidazolinone derivatives as trpm8 antagonists

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9023146B2 (en) 2012-09-25 2015-05-05 Empire Technology Development Llc Oxidizing agents on pigments
CN109406706A (en) * 2018-11-29 2019-03-01 北京市药品检验所 Method of the nicorandil tablet in relation to substance is measured using HPLC corrector factor method

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1992017449A1 (en) * 1991-03-26 1992-10-15 Pfizer Inc. Stereoselective preparation of substituted piperidines
EP1553084A1 (en) * 2002-05-31 2005-07-13 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Piperidine derivative, process for producing the same, and use

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
MXPA06013162A (en) * 2004-05-12 2007-02-13 Pfizer Prod Inc Piperidine derivatives as nk1 and nk3 antagonists.
WO2006030975A1 (en) * 2004-09-17 2006-03-23 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Piperidine derivatives and use thereof

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1992017449A1 (en) * 1991-03-26 1992-10-15 Pfizer Inc. Stereoselective preparation of substituted piperidines
EP1553084A1 (en) * 2002-05-31 2005-07-13 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Piperidine derivative, process for producing the same, and use

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1790636A1 (en) * 2004-09-17 2007-05-30 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Piperidine derivatives and use thereof
EP1790636A4 (en) * 2004-09-17 2009-07-01 Takeda Pharmaceutical Piperidine derivatives and use thereof
WO2010007800A1 (en) * 2008-07-18 2010-01-21 大鵬薬品工業株式会社 Novel uracil compound having amide structure and salt thereof
WO2010032856A1 (en) 2008-09-19 2010-03-25 武田薬品工業株式会社 Nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound and use of same
JP2012505173A (en) * 2008-10-09 2012-03-01 エフ．ホフマン−ラ ロシュ アーゲー Pyrrolidine N-benzyl derivative
WO2017043092A1 (en) * 2015-09-11 2017-03-16 Raqualia Pharma Inc. Imidazolinone derivatives as trpm8 antagonists

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2009502739A (en) 2009-01-29
US20070149570A1 (en) 2007-06-28
EP1910292A1 (en) 2008-04-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US7622487B2 (en) Piperidine derivative, process for producing the same, and use
US8470816B2 (en) Nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound and use thereof
USRE48334E1 (en) Nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound and use of same
US20060142337A1 (en) Piperidine derivative and use thereof
US20090186874A1 (en) Carboxamide derivative and use thereof
EP2271624B9 (en) Iminopyridine derivatives and use thereof
US20070149570A1 (en) Piperidine derivative and use thereof
WO2007089031A1 (en) Piperidine derivatives as tachykinin receptor antagonists
US20080275085A1 (en) Piperidine derivative and use thereof
US20110039892A1 (en) Iminopyridine derivative and use thereof
US20060241145A1 (en) Piperidine derivative crystal, process for producing the same, and use
JP2004285038A (en) Piperidine derivative, its production method and application
TW200808724A (en) Piperidine derivative and use thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 11701380

Country of ref document: US

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2006782685

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2008505537

Country of ref document: JP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE